Home

Dell B5465dnf User's Manual

1. Troubleshooting 321 Action Yes No Step 2 The problem is solved Go to step 3 Load the original document properly Load the original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner Note Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass Can you send faxes Step 3 The problem is solved Contact technical Set up the shortcut number properly support e Check if the shortcut number has been set for the telephone number that you want to dial Dial the telephone number manually Can you send faxes en nnn eS eS Can send but not receive faxes Action Yes No Step 1 The problem is solved Go to step 2 Check the tray or feeder If empty then load paper in the tray or feeder Can you receive faxes Step 2 The problem is solved Go to step 3 Check the ring count delay settings a Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e If you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly b Click Settings gt Fax Settings gt Analog Fax Setup c Inthe Rings to Answer
2. 1 From the home screen navigate to gt Reports gt Network Setup Page 2 Check the first section of the network setup page and confirm that the status is Connected Ifthe statusisNot Connected then the LAN drop may not be active or the network cable may be malfunctioning Consult a system support person for a solution and then print another network setup page Loading paper and specialty media 57 Loading paper and specialty media The selection and handling of paper and specialty media can affect how reliably documents print For more information see Avoiding jams on page 248 and Storing paper on page 82 Setting the paper size and type From the home screen navigate to gt Paper Menu gt Paper Size Type gt select a tray gt select the paper size or type gt ZS Configuring Universal paper settings Universal paper size is a user defined setting that lets you print on paper sizes that are not preset in the printer menus Notes e The smallest supported Universal size is 70 x 127 mm 2 76 x 5 inches for one sided printing and 105 x 148 mm 4 13 x 5 83 inches for two sided duplex printing e The largest supported Universal size is 216 x 356 mm 8 5 x 14 inches for one sided and two sided printing e When printing on paper less than 210 mm 8 3 inches wide the printer may print at a reduced speed after a period of time to ensure the best print performance 1 From the home sc
3. 2 Push down the front duplex flap then firmly grasp the jammed paper and then gently pull the paper to the right and out of the printer Note Make sure all paper fragments are removed Clearing jams 259 3 Insert the tray 4 From the printer control panel touch Done to clear the message and continue printing x page jam open tray x 24x 1 Check which tray is indicated on the printer display and then pull the tray 2 Firmly grasp the jammed paper on each side and then gently pull it out Note Make sure all paper fragments are removed Clearing jams 260 3 Insert the tray 4 From the printer control panel touch Done to clear the message and continue printing x page jam clear manual feeder 250 1 From the multipurpose feeder firmly grasp the jammed paper on each side and then gently pull it out Note Make sure all paper fragments are removed 2 Flex the sheets back and forth to loosen them and then fan them Do not fold or crease the paper Straighten the edges on a level surface 3 Reload paper into the multipurpose feeder Clearing jams 261 4 Slide the paper guide until it rests lightly against the edge of the paper 5 From the printer control panel touch Done to clear the message and continue printing x page jam open automatic feeder top cover 28y xx 1 Remove all original documents from the ADF tray Note The message is cleared when the pages are removed fr
4. Off The normal printer behavior for all supplies occurs E mail Only The printer generates an e mail when the supply condition is reached The status of the supply appears on the menus page and status page Warning The printer displays the warning message and generates an e mail about the status of the supply The printer does not stop when the supply condition is reached The printer stops processing jobs when the supply condition is reached and the user needs to press a button to continue printing Continuable Stopt The printer stops processing jobs when the supply condition is reached The supply must be replaced to continue printing Non Continuable Stop 1 The printer generates an e mail about the status of the supply when supply notification is enabled 2 The printer stops when some supplies become empty to prevent damage 4 Click Submit Restoring factory default settings If you want to keep a list of the current menu settings for reference then print a menu settings page before restoring the factory default settings For more information see Printing a menu settings page on page 55 If you want a more comprehensive method of restoring the printer factory default settings then perform the Wipe All Settings option For more information see Erasing non volatile memory on page 229 Warning Potential Damage Restoring factory defaults returns most printer settings to the original factory
5. Single is the factory default setting for Alarm Control This sounds three quick beeps e Off is the factory default setting for Cartridge Alarm This means that no alarm will sound Continuous repeats three beeps every 10 seconds Timeouts Standby Mode Disabled 1 240 Timeouts Sleep Mode Disabled 1 120 Specify the number of minutes of inactivity before the printer enters a lower power state Note 15 is the factory default setting Set the amount of time in minutes the printer waits after a job is printed before it goes into a reduced power state Notes 20 is the factory default setting Lower settings conserve more energy but may require longer warm up times Select the lowest setting if the printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting or you notice lights flickering in the room e Select a high setting if the printer is in constant use Under most circumstances this keeps the printer ready to print with minimum warm up time Understanding the printer menus Use Timeouts Hibernate Timeout Disabled 1 hour 2 hours 3 hours 6 hours 1 day 2 days 3 days 1 week 2 weeks 1 month 182 To Set the amount of time before the printer enters Hibernate mode Note 3 days is the factory default setting Timeouts Hibernate Timeout on Connection Hibernate Do Not Hibernate Timeouts Screen Timeout 15 300 Timeouts Prolong Screen Timeout On Off Timeouts
6. Best Fit is the factory default setting e When Auto Fit is set to On Scaling is automatically set to Best Fit Understanding the printer menus 222 Use To Orientation Set the image orientation Portrait Note Portrait is the factory default setting Landscape Reverse Portrait Reverse Landscape XX A Help menu The Help menu consists of a series of Help pages that are stored in the multifunction printer MFP as PDF files They contain information about using the printer and performing various tasks including copying scanning and faxing English French German and Spanish translations are stored in the printer Menu item Description Print All Guides Prints all the guides Copy Guide Provides information about making copies and changing settings E mail Guide Provides information about sending e mails using addresses shortcut numbers or the address book and about changing settings Fax Guide Provides information about sending faxes using fax numbers shortcut numbers or the address book and about changing settings FTP Guide Provides information about scanning documents directly to an FTP server using an FTP address shortcut numbers or the address book and about changing settings Print Defects Guide Provides help in resolving repeating defects in copies or prints Information Guide Provides help in locating additional information Re Saving money and the env
7. Paper size Dimensions Standard or 2100 sheet tray Multipurpose Duplex ADF Scanner optional feeder glass 550 sheet tray A4 210 x 297 mm v v 8 3 x 11 7 in 148 x 210 mm 5 8 x 8 3 in A6 105 x 148 mm 4 1 x 5 8 in JIS BS 182 x 257 mm 7 2 x 10 1 in Letter 216 x 279 mm 8 5 x 11 in 216 x 356 mm 8 5 x 14 in Legal 1 If your preferred default paper size cannot be set in the printer control panel then you may select common paper sizes that correspond to the position of the length guide in the tray from the Paper Size Type menu If the paper size is not available then select Universal or turn off tray size sensing For more information contact technical support 2 Paper is supported in long edge orientation 3 Universal is supported in ADF only if the width is from 76 mm 3 in to 216 mm 8 5 in and the length is from 127 mm 5 in to 356 mm 14 in Paper and specialty media guide 83 Paper size Dimensions Standard or 2100 sheet tray Multipurpose Duplex ADF Scanner optional feeder glass 550 sheet tray Executive 184 x 267 mm 7 3 x 10 5 in v v v v Oficio M xico 216 x340 mm 8 5 x 13 4 in v v vV v Folio 216 x 330 mm 8 5 x 13 in v v v v Statement 140 x 216 mm Universal 105 x 148 mm to 216 x 356 mm 4 13 x 5 83 in to v vV vV v 8 5 x 14 in 70 x 127 mm to 216 x 356
8. Standard Use this when faxing most documents Fine 200 dpi Use this when faxing documents with small prints Super fine 300 dpi Use this when faxing documents with fine details e Ultra fine 600 dpi Use this when faxing documents with pictures or photos Darkness This option lets you adjust how light or dark the faxes are in relation to the original document Page Setup This option lets you change the following settings e Sides Duplex This specifies if the original document is printed on one side or on both sides of the page duplex This also identifies what needs to be scanned for inclusion in the fax e Orientation This specifies the orientation of the original document and then changes the Sides Duplex and Binding settings to match the orientation Binding This specifies if the original document is bound on the long edge or short edge side Scan Preview This option lets you view the first page of the image before it is included in the fax When the first page is scanned the scanning is paused and a preview image appears Note This option appears only when a working printer hard disk is installed Delayed Send This option lets you send a fax at a later time or date Faxing 136 Using the advanced options Select from the following settings Advanced Imaging This adjusts the Background Removal Color Balance Color Dropout Contrast Mirror Image Negative Image Scan Edge to Edge
9. Try one or more of the following Load the correct size and type of paper in the tray or feeder specify the paper size and type in the Paper menu on the printer control panel and then touch Finished changing paper Touch Reset active bin to reset the active bin for a linked set of bins e Cancel the print job Change paper source to custom type name load orientation Try one or more of the following Load the correct size and type of paper in the tray or feeder specify the paper size and type in the Paper menu on the printer control panel and then touch Finished changing paper Touch Reset active bin to reset the active bin for a linked set of bins e Cancel the print job Change paper source to paper size load orientation Try one or more of the following Load the correct size and type of paper in the tray or feeder specify the paper size and type in the Paper menu on the printer control panel and then touch Finished changing paper Touch Reset active bin to reset the active bin for a linked set of bins e Cancel the print job Troubleshooting 265 Change paper source to paper type paper size load orientation Try one or more of the following Load the correct size and type of paper in the tray or feeder specify the paper size and type in the Paper menu on the printer control panel and then touch Finished changing paper Touch Reset active bin to reset the active bi
10. is the factory default setting Custom Job scanning On Off Copy a document that contains mixed paper sizes Notes e Off is the factory default setting e This menu item appears only when a formatted working printer hard disk is installed Scan Preview On Off Specify whether or not a preview will appear on the display for scan jobs Notes e Off is the factory default setting e This menu item appears only when a formatted working printer hard disk is installed Understanding the printer menus Use Allow Save as Shortcut On Off 201 ae Save e mail addresses as shortcuts Notes e On is the factory default setting e When set to Off the Save As Shortcut button does not appear on the e mail Destination screen Background Removal 4to4 Color Balance Cyan Red Magenta Green Yellow Blue Adjust the amount of background visible on a scanned image Note 0 is the factory default setting Enable an equal balance of colors in the scanned image Color Dropout Color Dropout None Red Green Blue Default Red Threshold 0 255 Default Green Threshold 0 255 Default Blue Threshold 0 255 Contrast 0 5 Best for content Mirror Image Off On Negative Image Off On Shadow Detail 4to4 Specify which color to drop during scanning and to adjust the dropout setting for each color threshold Notes None is the factory default setting for Color
11. Print All Order Alphabetical Oldest First Newest First 212 Specify how the printer handles temporary downloads such as fonts and macros stored in the RAM when the printer receives a job that requires more memory than is available Notes e Off is the factory default setting This sets the printer to retain the downloads only until memory is needed Downloads are deleted in order to process print jobs e On retains the downloads during language changes and printer resets If the printer runs out of memory then Memory Full 38 appears and downloads are not deleted Specify the order in which held and confidential jobs are printed when Print All is selected Note Alphabetical is the factory default setting Print jobs always appear in alphabetical order on the printer control panel Finishing menu Use Sides Duplex 1 sided 2 sided Duplex Binding To Specify whether two sided duplex printing is set as the default for all print jobs Notes e 1 sided is the factory default setting You can set two sided printing from the printer software For Windows users Click File gt Print and then click Properties Preferences Options or Setup For Macintosh users Choose File gt Print and then adjust the settings from the Print dialog and pop up menus Define binding for duplexed pages in relation to page orientation 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 Long Edge Notes Short Edg
12. Step 3 Go to step 4 The problem is solved a Depending on your operating system specify the paper type and weight from Printing Preferences or from the Print dialog b Resend the print job Is the paper still curled Step 4 Go to step 5 The problem is solved a Remove the paper from the tray and then turn it over b Resend the print job Is the paper still curled Step 5 Contact technical The problem is solved a Load paper from a fresh package support Note Paper absorbs moisture due to high humidity Store paper in its original wrapper until you use it b Resend the print job Is the paper still curled Na Printer is printing blank pages Troubleshooting Action Step 1 a Check if there is packing material left on the imaging unit 1 Remove the toner cartridge and then the imaging unit 2 Checkifthe packing material is properly removed from the imaging unit Warning Potential Damage Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10 minutes Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems 3 Reinstall the imaging unit and then the cartridge b Resend the print job Is the printer still printing blank pages Yes Go to step 2 302 The problem is solved Step 2 a Redistribute the toner in the imaging unit 1 Remove the toner cartridge and then the imaging unit 2 Firmly shake the imaging unit Warning Potential Damage Do not expose the
13. Troubleshooting 329 Action Yes No Step 3 Go to step 4 Contact your system Check if the network connection is working support person Is the network connection working Step 4 Go to step 5 Tighten the cable Make sure the cable connections to the printer and print server are secure connection For more information see the setup documentation that came with the printer Are the cable connections to the printer and print server secure Step 5 Go to step 6 Contact your system Temporarily disable the Web proxy servers Note Proxy servers may block or restrict you from accessing certain Web sites including the Embedded Web Server Are the Web proxy servers disabled support person Step 6 Access the Embedded Web Server again by typing the correct IP address in the address field Did the Embedded Web Server open Contacting technical support When you call technical support describe the problem you are experiencing the message on the printer display and the troubleshooting steps you have already taken to find a solution You need to know your printer model type and the service tag number or express service code For more information The problem is solved Contact technical support see the label on the inside top front cover or at the back of the printer The service tag number is also listed on the menu settings page For more information check the Dell support Web site at www del
14. Try one or more of the following Remove the indicated tray From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing without using the indicated tray Incorrect paper size open paper source 34 Try one or more of the following Load the correct size and type of paper in the tray and then specify the paper size and type in the Paper menu on the printer control panel e Make sure the correct paper size and type are specified in Print Properties or the Print dialog settings e Check if the paper size is correctly set For example if MP Feeder Size is set to Universal then make sure the paper is large enough for the data being printed e Check the length and width guides and make sure the paper is loaded properly in the tray Troubleshooting 269 From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message and print using a different tray e Cancel the print job Insert Tray x Try one or more of the following Insert the specified tray into the printer e Cancel the print job Reset the active bin for a linked set of bins by selecting Reset active bin on the printer control panel Install duplex Try one or more of the following Install the duplex unit 1 Turn off the printer 2 Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet 3 Install the duplex unit 4 Connect the power cord to a properly grounded electrical outlet 5 Restart the printer e Canc
15. e 128 is the factory default setting for each color threshold Specify the contrast of the scanned image Note Best for content is the factory default setting Create a mirror image of the original document Note Off is the factory default setting Create a negative image of the original document Note Off is the factory default setting Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible on a scanned image Note 0 is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus 209 Scan edge to edge Off Specify whether the original document is scanned edge to edge Note Off is the factory default setting On Sharpness Adjust the amount of sharpness on a scanned image 1 5 Note 3 is the factory default setting Temperature Enable the user to specify warm or cool outputs Cool values generate a bluer Ato4 output than the default while warm values generate a redder output than the default Print Settings Use To Copies Specify a default number of copies for each print job 1 999 Paper Source Tray x Multipurpose Feeder Manual Paper Manual Envelope Note 1 is the factory default setting Set a default paper source for all print jobs Note Tray 1 is the factory default setting Collate 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 Stack the pages of a print job in sequence when printing multiple copies Note 1 2 3 1 2 3 is the factory default setting
16. e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides E mailing 110 3 From the home screen navigate to E mail gt Recipient s gt type the e mail address gt Done gt Send as 4 Touch the button that represents the file type you want to send PDF Create a single file with multiple pages e Secure PDF Create an encrypted PDF file that protects the file contents from unauthorized access TIFF Create multiple files or a single file If Multi page TIFF is turned off in the Settings menu of the Embedded Web Server then TIFF saves one page in each file The file size is usually larger than an equivalent JPEG JPEG Create and attach a separate file for each page of your original document viewable by most Web browsers and graphics programs e XPS Create a single XML Paper Specification XPS file with multiple pages viewable using an Internet Explorer hosted viewer and the NET Framework or by downloading a third party standalone viewer 5 Touch Zo gt Send It Note If you selected Secure PDF then you will be prompted to enter your password twice Canceling an e mail e When using the ADF touch Cancel Job while Scanning appears e Wh
17. Custom x Specify the media type being loaded in the ADF Note Plain Paper is the factory default setting Note Only installed trays and feeders are listed in this menu Substitute Size menu Use Substitute Size Off Statement A5 Letter A4 All Listed Paper Texture menu Plain Texture Smooth Normal Rough Card Stock Texture Smooth Normal Rough To Substitute a specified paper size if the requested paper size is not available Notes e All Listed is the factory default setting All available substitutions are allowed e Off indicates that no size substitutions are allowed e Setting a size substitution lets the print job continue without Change Paper appearing Specify the relative texture of the plain paper loaded in a specific tray Note Normal is the factory default setting Specify the relative texture of the card stock loaded in a specific tray Notes Normal is the factory default setting e These options appear only if card stock is supported Understanding the printer menus Use Transparency Texture Smooth Normal Rough Recycled Texture Smooth Normal Rough To Specify the relative texture of the transparencies loaded in a specific tray Note Normal is the factory default setting Specify the relative texture of the recycled paper loaded in a specific tray Note Normal is the factory default setting 150 Labels Texture Smooth Normal
18. Rough Vinyl Labels Texture Smooth Normal Rough Bond Texture Smooth Normal Rough Specify the relative texture of the labels loaded in a specific tray Note Normal is the factory default setting Specify the relative texture of the vinyl labels loaded in a specific tray Note Normal is the factory default setting Specify the relative texture of the bond paper loaded in a specific tray Note Rough is the factory default setting Envelope Texture Smooth Normal Rough Rough Envelope Texture Rough Specify the relative texture of the envelopes loaded in a specific tray Note Normal is the factory default setting Specify the relative texture of the rough envelopes loaded in a specific tray Note Rough is the factory default setting Letterhead Texture Smooth Normal Rough Specify the relative texture of the letterhead loaded in a specific tray Note Normal is the factory default setting Preprinted Texture Smooth Normal Rough Colored Texture Specify the relative texture of the preprinted paper loaded in a specific tray Note Normal is the factory default setting Specify the relative texture of the colored paper loaded in a specific tray Smooth Note Normal is the factory default setting Normal Rough Light Texture Specify the relative texture of the light paper loaded in a specific tray Smooth Note Normal is the factory default setting Normal Rough Unders
19. Troubleshooting 266 Close front door Close the front door of the printer Close top access cover Close the printer top access cover to clear the message Complex page some data may not have printed 39 Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to ignore the message and continue printing e Cancel current print job e Install additional printer memory Configuration change some held jobs were not restored 57 Held jobs are invalidated because of the following possible changes in the printer e The printer firmware has been updated The tray for the print job has been removed The print job is sent from a flash drive that is no longer attached to the USB port The printer hard disk contains print jobs that were stored when the hard disk was installed in a different printer model From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message Defective flash detected 51 Try one or more of the following Replace the defective flash memory card From the printer control panel touch Continue to ignore the message and continue printing e Cancel the current print job Disk full 62 Try one or more of the following e From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message and continue processing e Delete fonts macros and other data stored in the printer hard disk Install a printer hard disk with larger capacity Disk full scan j
20. and network buffers e The printer automatically restarts when the setting is changed from the printer control panel The menu selection is then updated Temporarily store print jobs in the printer hard disk before printing Notes Off is the factory default setting e On buffers jobs on the printer hard disk e Auto buffers print jobs only if the printer is busy processing data from another input port e Changing this setting from the printer control panel and then exiting the menus causes the printer to restart The menu selection is then updated Mac Binary PS On Set the printer to process Macintosh binary PostScript print jobs Notes Off Auto e Auto is the factory default setting On processes raw binary PostScript print jobs e Off filters print jobs using the standard protocol ENA Address Set the network address information for an external print server YYY YYY YYY YYY Note This menu is available only when the printer is attached to an external print server through the USB port ENA Netmask Set the netmask information for an external print server YYY YYY YYY YYY Note This menu is available only when the printer is attached to an external print server through the USB port ENA Gateway Set the gateway information for an external print server YYY YYY YYY YYY Note This menu is available only when the printer is attached to an external print server through the USB port Parallel x menu No
21. electrical outlet Check other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet Are the other electrical equipment working electrical equipment and turn on the printer If the printer does not work then reconnect the other electrical equipment and then go to step 6 Step 4 Turn on the switch or Goto step 5 Check if the electrical outlet is turned off by a switch or breaker reset the breaker Is the electrical outlet turned off by a switch or breaker Step 5 Connect the printer Go to step 6 Check if the printer is plugged into any surge protectors uninterruptible Power cord directly to power supplies or extension cords a properly grounded electrical outlet Is the printer plugged into any surge protectors uninterruptible power supplies or extension cords Step 6 Unplug the other Go to step 7 Step 7 Turn off the printer then wait for about 10 seconds and then turn the printer back on Are the printer and scanner working XR The problem is solved Contact technical support Troubleshooting Solving home screen application problems An application error has occurred Action Step 1 Check the system log for relevant details a Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field If you do not know the IP address of the printer then you can View the IP address on the printer home screen e Print a network setup page or the menu settings pages and t
22. support Yes Go to step 2 Wait until the printer is ready then view the held jobs list and then print the documents 289 No The problem is solved Insert the flash drive into the front USB port Go to step 3 Check if the flash drive is supported For more information on tested and approved USB flash drives see Supported flash drives and file types on page 87 Does the error message still appear Step 5 Check if the USB port is disabled by the system support person Does the error message still appear XR Contact technical support Step 3 Go to step 4 The problem is solved a Check for an error message on the display b Clear the message Does the error message still appear Step 4 Go to step 5 The problem is solved The problem is solved Troubleshooting Incorrect characters print Action Step 1 Make sure the printer is not in Hex Trace mode Note If Ready Hex appears on the printer display then turn off the printer and then turn it back on to deactivate Hex Trace mode Is the printer in Hex Trace mode Step 2 a From the printer control panel select Standard Network or Network x and then set SmartSwitch to On b Resend the print job Do incorrect characters print Yes Deactivate Hex Trace mode Contact technical support 290 No Go to step 2 The problem is solved Job prints from the wrong tray o
23. support b Resend the print job Is the print still skewed Streaked horizontal lines appear on prints Action Yes No Step 1 Go to step 2 The problem is solved a Depending on your operating system specify the tray or feeder from Printing Preferences or the Print dialog b Resend the print job Do streaked horizontal lines appear on prints Step 2 Go to step 3 Change the paper type From the printer control panel set the paper type and weight in the Paper and weight to match menu to match the paper loaded in the tray the paper loaded in the tray Do the paper type and weight match the type and weight of the paper in the tray Step 3 Go to step 4 The problem is solved a Load paper from a fresh package Note Paper absorbs moisture due to high humidity Store paper in its original wrapper until you use it b Resend the print job Do streaked horizontal lines appear on prints Mic Troubleshooting 310 Action Yes No Step 4 Go to step 5 The problem is solved a Reinstall the imaging unit 1 Remove the toner cartridge and then the imaging unit Warning Potential Damage Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10 minutes Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems 2 Install the imaging unit and then the cartridge b Resend the print job Do streaked horizontal lines appear on prints Step 5 Contact technical The prob
24. surface 5 Load the paper or specialty media Loading paper and specialty media 73 Note Slide the stack gently into the multipurpose feeder until it comes to a stop Load only one size and type of paper or specialty media at a time e Make sure the paper fits loosely in the multipurpose feeder lies flat and is not bent or wrinkled One sided simplex printing Two sided duplex printing X d e Load envelopes with the flap side down and on the left of the multipurpose feeder Warning Potential Damage Never use envelopes with stamps clasps snaps windows coated linings or self stick adhesives These envelopes may severely damage the printer e Make sure the paper or specialty media is below the maximum paper fill indicator Warning Potential Damage Overfilling the feeder can cause paper jams Loading paper and specialty media 74 6 For custom or Universal size paper adjust the width guides to lightly touch the sides of the stack 7 From the printer control panel set the paper size and type in the Paper menu to match the paper loaded in the tray Note Set the correct paper size and type to avoid paper jams and print quality problems Linking and unlinking trays When the paper size and paper type for any trays are the same the printer will link those trays When one linked tray becomes empty paper will feed from the next linked tray We recommend giving all unique paper such as
25. 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt Fax Settings gt Analog Fax Setup 3 In the Fax Name field type the name to be printed on all outgoing faxes 4 Inthe Fax Number field enter the printer fax number 5 Click Submit Faxing Choosing a fax connection Scenario 1 Standard telephone line Setup 1 Printer is connected to a dedicated fax line LINE To connect 1 Connect one end of the telephone cable that came with the printer to the 4 port of the printer 2 Connect the other end of the telephone cable to an active analog wall jack 115 Faxing 116 Tips for this setup e You can set the printer to receive faxes automatically Auto Answer On or manually Auto Answer Off e f you want to receive faxes automatically Auto Answer On then set the printer to pick up on any number of rings that you want Setup 2 Printer is sharing the line with an answering machine Connected to the same telephone wall jack To connect 1 Connect one end of the telephone cable that came with the printer to the 4 port of the printer 2 Connect the other end of the telephone cable to an active analog wall jack 3 Connect the answering machine to the port of the printer Faxing 117 Connected to different wall jacks To connect 1 Connect one end of the telephone cable that came with the printer to
26. 5 Touch Y gt Copy It Copying multiple pages onto a single sheet In order to save paper you can copy either two or four consecutive pages of a multiple page document onto a single sheet of paper Notes e Make sure to set the paper size to letter legal A4 or JIS B5 e Make sure to set the copy size to 100 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt Advanced Options gt Paper Saver gt select the output you want gt ZS gt Copy It Note If Paper Saver is set to Off then the Print Page Borders option is unavailable Creating a custom copy job The custom copy job or job build is used to combine one or more sets of original documents into a single copy job Each set may be scanned using different job parameters When a copy job is submitted and Custom Job is enabled the scanner scans the first set of original documents using the specified settings and then it scans the next set with the same or different settings The definition of a set depends on the scan source If you scan a docu
27. Action Yes No Step 1 Go to step 2 The problem is solved for the paper loaded b Resend the print job Is the page or image clipped a Move the width and length guides in the tray to the correct positions Troubleshooting Action Step 2 From the printer control panel set the paper size and type in the Paper menu to match the paper loaded in the tray Do the paper size and type match the paper loaded in the tray Step 3 a Depending on your operating system specify the paper size from Printing Preferences or from the Print dialog b Resend the print job Is the page or image clipped Step 4 a Reinstall the imaging unit 1 Remove the toner cartridge 2 Remove the imaging unit Warning Potential Damage Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10 minutes Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems 3 Install the imaging unit and then the cartridge b Resend the print job Is the page or image clipped Yes Go to step 3 Go to step 4 Contact technical support 297 No Do one or more of the following e Specify the paper size from the tray settings to match the paper loaded in the tray Change the paper loaded in the tray to match the paper size specified in the tray settings The problem is solved The problem is solved Compressed images appear on prints Note Printing on letter size paper using a 220
28. Add or edit a security template list of available templates Understanding the printer menus 171 Use To Edit Access Controls Control access to printer menus firmware updates held jobs and other access Administrative Menus points Function Access Management Solutions i Cancel jobs at the Device J Miscellaneous Security Settings menu Use ae Login Restrictions Limit the number and time frames of failed login attempts from the printer control Login failures panel before all users are locked out Failure time frame Notes Lockout time ee a e Login failures specifies the number of failed login attempts before users are Panel Login TE OUE locked out Settings range from 1 to 10 attempts is the factory default setting Remote Login Timeout i oe A i s e Failure time frame specifies the time frame during which failed login attempts can be made before users are locked out Settings range from 1 to 60 minutes 5 minutes is the factory default setting e Lockout time specifies how long users are locked out after exceeding the login failures limit Settings range from 1 to 60 minutes 5 minutes is the factory default setting 1 indicates the printer does not impose a lockout time e Panel Login Timeout specifies how long the printer remains idle on the Home screen before automatically logging the user off Settings range from 1 to 900 seconds 30 seconds is the factory defaul
29. Clear the error or status message No Go to step 2 Check the printer connections If applicable check if the cable connections for the following equipment are secure Telephone e Handset e Answering machine Are the cable connections secure Step 2 Go to step 3 Connect the power Check if the power cord is plugged into the printer and a properly cord to the printer and grounded electrical outlet a properly grounded electrical outlet Is the power cord plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical outlet Step 3 Go to step 4 Turn on the printer Check the power and then wait until Check if the printer is plugged in and turned on and if Ready appears P appears on the on the display 13p ay Is the printer turned on and does Ready appear on the display Step 4 Go to step 5 Securely connect the cables ee ee Troubleshooting Action Step 5 a Check the telephone wall jack 1 Plug the telephone cable into the wall jack 2 Listen for a dial tone 3 If you do not hear a dial tone then plug a different telephone cable into the wall jack 4 Ifyou still do not hear a dial tone then plug the telephone cable into a different wall jack 5 If you hear a dial tone then connect the printer to that wall jack b Try sending or receiving a fax Can you send or receive a fax Yes The problem is solved 319 No Go to step 6 Step 6 Check if the pri
30. Dropout 128 is the factory default setting for each color threshold Specify the contrast of the output Note Best for content is the factory default setting Create a mirror image of the original document Note Off is the factory default setting Create a negative image of the original document Note Off is the factory default setting Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible on a scanned image Note 0 is the factory default setting Scan edge to edge Specify whether the original document is scanned edge to edge enn a E off Note Off is the factory default setting On Sharpness Adjust the amount of sharpness on a scanned image 1 5 Note 3 is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus 202 Use To Temperature Enable the user to specify warm or cool outputs Cool values generate a bluer Ato4 output than the default while warm values generate a redder output than the default Use cc bcc Enable the use of the cc and bcc fields Off Note Off is the factory default setting On Sn FTP Settings menu Use To Format Specify the format of the file for FTP sending PDF pdf Note PDF pdf is the factory default setting Secure PDF pdf TIFF tif JPEG jpg XPS xps PDF Version Set the version level of the PDF file for FTP sending 1 2 1 7 Note 1 5 is the factory default setting A la C
31. From the printer control panel touch Ignore to clear the message Troubleshooting 277 Replace unsupported cartridge 32 xy Remove the toner cartridge and then install a supported one to clear the message and continue printing For more information see the instruction sheet that came with the supply or see the Replacing supplies section of the User s Guide Note If you do not have a replacement cartridge then visit our Web site or contact the place where you purchased the printer Replace unsupported imaging unit 32 xy Remove the imaging unit and then install a supported one to clear the message and continue printing For more information see the instruction sheet that came with the supply or see the Replacing supplies section of the User s Guide Note If you do not have a replacement imaging unit then visit our Web site or contact the place where you purchased the printer Replace wiper Try one or more of the following Replace the fuser wiper in the printer e Touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing Restore held jobs Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Restore to restore all held jobs stored in the printer hard disk From the printer control panel touch Do not restore if you do not want to restore any of the print jobs Scan document too long The scan job exceeds the maximum number of pages Touch Cancel job to clear the message
32. Memory full cannot send faxes 273 menu settings page printing 55 menus Active NIC 157 AppleTalk 162 Confidential Print 172 Configure MP 145 Copy Settings 184 Custom Names 154 Custom Scan Sizes 155 Custom Types 154 Default Source 145 diagram of 144 Edit Security Setups 170 Erase Temporary Data Files 173 E mail Settings 197 Fax Mode Analog Fax Setup 188 Finishing 212 Flash Drive 206 FTP Settings 202 Help 222 HTML 220 Image 221 IPv6 161 Job Accounting 214 Miscellaneous Security Settings 171 Network x 158 Network Card 159 Network Reports 159 Paper Loading 153 Paper Size Type 146 Paper Texture 149 Paper Weight 151 Parallel x 164 PCLEmul 218 PDF 217 336 PostScript 217 Quality 214 Reports 156 Security Audit Log 173 Serial x 166 Set Date Time 174 Settings 211 SMTP Setup 169 Standard Network 158 Standard USB 163 Substitute Size 149 TCP IP 160 Universal Setup 155 Utilities 216 Wireless 162 XPS 217 menus diagram 144 message e mail options 110 Miscellaneous Security Settings menu 171 mobile device printing from 88 moving the printer 11 243 244 Multi Send adding a profile 25 setting up 25 multipurpose feeder loading 70 MyShortcut about 24 N Network x menu 158 Network x software error 54 273 Network Card menu 159 Network Reports menu 159 network setup page printing 56 No analog phone line connected to modem fax is disabled 273 Non Dell supply type see User s Guide
33. Ordering supplies using Printer Home 1 Use the Search command on the Start menu to locate Dell Printer Home 2 Open the application and then click Maintenance gt Order supplies Storing supplies Choose a cool clean storage area for the printer supplies Store supplies right side up in their original packing until you are ready to use them Do not expose supplies to e Direct sunlight e Temperatures above 35 C 95 F e High humidity above 80 e Salty air e Corrosive gases e Heavy dust Maintaining the printer 237 Replacing supplies Replacing the toner cartridge 1 Lift the front cover and then pull down the multipurpose feeder door 2 Pull the cartridge out of the printer using the handle Maintaining the printer 238 3 Unpack the new toner cartridge then remove the packing material and then shake the cartridge to redistribute ey A J f 4 Insert the toner cartridge into the printer by aligning the side rails of the cartridge with the arrows on the side rails inside the printer Note Make sure the cartridge is fully pushed in Warning Potential Damage When replacing a toner cartridge do not leave the imaging unit exposed to direct light for an extended period of time Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems Maintaining the printer 239 5 Close the multipurpose feeder door and the front cover Maintaining the printer 240 Replacing the imaging unit 1 Lift
34. Overfilling the tray can cause paper jams 5 Insert the tray Note Press the paper stack down while inserting the tray Loading paper and specialty media 70 aX 6 From the printer control panel set the paper size and paper type in the Paper menu to match the paper loaded in the tray Note Set the correct paper size and type to avoid paper jams and print quality problems Loading the multipurpose feeder 1 Pull down the multipurpose feeder door Note Do not load or close the multipurpose feeder while a job is printing Loading paper and specialty media 71 2 Pull the multipurpose feeder extender Note Guide the extender gently so that the multipurpose feeder is fully extended and open 3 Slide the width guide to the correct position for the size of the paper you are loading Note Use the paper size indicators on the bottom of the tray to help position the guides Loading paper and specialty media 72 4 Prepare the paper or specialty media for loading e Flex the sheets back and forth to loosen them and then fan them Do not fold or crease the paper Straighten the edges on a level surface e Hold transparencies by the edges and then fan them Straighten the edges on a level surface ary Note Avoid touching the printable side of the transparencies Be careful not to scratch them e Flex the stack of envelopes back and forth to loosen them and then fan them Straighten the edges on a level
35. Preferences Options or Setup 3 Navigate to Fax tab gt Enable fax 4 Enter the recipient fax number or numbers in the Fax number s field Note Fax numbers can be entered manually or by using the Phone Book feature 5 If necessary enter a prefix in the Dialing prefix field 6 Select the appropriate paper size and page orientation 7 Ifyou want to include a cover page with the fax then select Include cover page with fax and then enter the appropriate information 8 Click OK Notes e The Fax option is available for use only with the PostScript driver or the Universal Fax Driver For information on installing these drivers see the Software and Documentation CD e The Fax option must be configured and enabled in the PostScript driver under the Configuration tab before it can be used e If the Always display settings prior to faxing check box is selected then you are prompted to verify the recipient information before the fax is sent If this check box is cleared then the queued document is sent automatically as a fax when you click OK on the Fax tab Sending a fax using a shortcut number Fax shortcuts are like the speed dial numbers on a telephone or a fax machine A shortcut number 1 999 can contain a single recipient or multiple recipients 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparenc
36. Scan edge to edge Off On Sharpness 1 5 Temperature 4 to 4 Specify if the original document is scanned edge to edge prior to faxing Note Off is the factory default setting Adjust the sharpness of a fax Note 3 is the factory default setting Specify warm or cool outputs Cool values generate a bluer output than the default while warm values generate a redder output than the default Note 0 is the factory default setting 194 Understanding the printer menus Enable Color Fax Scans Off by default On by default Never use Always use Enable color faxing Note Off by default is the factory default setting Auto Convert Color Faxes to Mono Faxes On Off Use Enable Fax Receive On Off Fax Job Waiting None Toner Toner and Supplies Convert all outgoing faxes to black and white Note On is the factory default setting To Allow the printer to receive fax jobs Note On is the factory default setting Remove fax jobs from the print queue when the job requires specific unavailable resources Note None is the factory default setting Rings to Answer 1 25 Auto Answer Yes No Manual Answer Code 0 9 Auto Reduction On off Specify the number of rings before answering an incoming fax job Note 3 is the factory default setting Allow the printer to answer an incoming fax job Note Yes is the factory default settin
37. Temperature Enable the user to specify warm or cool outputs Cool values generate a bluer Ato4 output than the default while warm values generate a redder output than the default ee Understanding the printer menus Flash Drive menu Scan Settings 206 Use To Format Specify the format of the file to be sent through FTP PDF pdf Note PDF pdf is the factory default setting Secure PDF TIFF tif JPEG jpg XPS xps PDF Version Set the version of the PDF file to be sent through FTP 1 2 1 7 Note 1 5 is the factory default setting A 1a Content Type Specify the content of the original document Text Note Text Photo is the factory default setting Graphics Text Photo Photo Content Source Black White Laser Color Laser Inkjet Photo Film Magazine Newspaper Press Other Specify how the original document was produced Note Black White Laser is the factory default setting Resolution 75 dpi 150 dpi 200 dpi 300 dpi 400 dpi 600 dpi Specify the resolution of the scan in dots per inch dpi Note 150 dpi is the factory default setting Darkness 1 9 Orientation Portrait Landscape Lighten or darken the output Note 5 is the factory default setting Specify the orientation of the scanned image Note Portrait is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Use Original Size Letter Legal Executive Folio Statemen
38. To Set the quality of a text or photo image in relation to file size and the quality of the image Note 75 is the factory default setting Set the quality of a photo image in relation to file size and the quality of the image Note 50 is the factory default setting E mail images sent as Attachment Web Link Specify how the images are sent Note Attachment is the factory default setting Use Multi Page Tiff On Off Transmission Log Print log Do not print log Print only for error Log Paper Source Tray x Multipurpose Feeder Choose between single page TIFF files and multiple page TIFF files For a multiple page scan to e mail job either one TIFF file is created containing all the pages or multiple TIFF files are created with one file for each page of the job Notes e Onis the factory default setting This menu setting applies to all scan functions Specify whether or not the transmission log prints Note Print log is the factory default setting Specify the paper source for printing e mail logs Note Tray 1 is the factory default setting Log Output Bin Standard Bin Bin x Specify the bin for FTP logs Notes Standard Bin is the factory default setting e Bin x appears only when at least one optional bin is installed E mail Bit Depth 1 bit 8 bit Enable the Text Photo mode to produce smaller file sizes by using 1 bit images when Color is set to Off Note 8 bit
39. Unexpected page breaks occur No Increase the printing timeout Check the original file a From the home screen navigate to for manual page breaks Yes Action The problem is solved j gt Settings gt General Settings gt Timeouts b Increase the Print Timeout setting and then touch Submit c Resend the print job Did the file print correctly Print quality problems Characters have jagged or uneven edges N ABC DEF Troubleshooting Action Step 1 a Printa font sample list to check ifthe fonts you are using are supported by the printer 1 From the printer control panel navigate to s gt Reports gt Print Fonts 2 Touch PCL Fonts or PostScript Fonts b Use a font that is supported by the printer or install the font that you want to use For more information contact your system support person c Resend the print job Do prints still contain characters that have jagged or uneven edges Step 2 Yes Go to step 2 Contact technical 296 The problem is solved The problem is solved a Use a font that is supported by the printer or install the font that you Support want to use on your computer For more information contact your system support person b Resend the print job Do prints still contain characters that have jagged or uneven edges Clipped pages or images Leading edge Trailing edge
40. a f J 1 4 Be 5 2 4 3 Touch Arrows View a list of options Copy It Print a copy Advanced Options Select a copy option Home Go to the home screen Increase Select a higher value Decrease Select a lower value Open a context sensitive Help dialog Understanding the printer control panel Other touch screen buttons Accept Save a setting 20 Cancel Reset e Cancel an action or a selection Exit a screen and return to the previous screen without saving changes Reset values on the screen Setting up and using the home screen applications 21 Setting up and using the home screen applications Note Your home screen may vary depending on your home screen customization settings administrative setup and active applications Some applications are supported only in select printer models Finding the IP address of the printer Note Make sure your printer is connected to a network or to a print server You can find the printer IP address From the top left corner of the printer home screen From the TCP IP section in the Network Ports menu e By printing a network setup page or menu settings page and then finding the TCP IP section Note An IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 Finding the IP address of the computer For Windows users 1 Inthe Run dialog box type cmd to open
41. ace ees ede oat hk eee en ee ees eens Bae ae eet eee 240 MOVING tHE printersssrin en seers ete ce E bud Saat NaN aaa Rea 243 Before moving the printer 225 c6 eter deci tes cet betes eae ease wee ee WRK eet a eat 243 Moving the printer to another lOCation ccccccsscccccesssssseceeceesseecesceesseeceessessaseeecessssaseecesssaaaeeeeseeeessesaeeeeees 244 Shipping the printer 24 eaves cA ian aided aks E Le As Adlai Aad eens dest hes wee 244 Managing the printer sssesessecsssosssssosessecssossesecsessecsssseesecssesecsssseesesse 24D Managing printer Me SSag Sisc ccccaiesidssccagacedeatedectcds sessed euands sesitieledagads obedeeeevada sadedeetedeay E E EEEE EAN 245 Accessing Status Monitor Cente r cccccsssssscccccccesssssceecceeesssceeeecceeessseeececeeeesesseeceeeuesssseseceseas senegeeess 245 Checking the virtual display ncen ana desk da hos Sasdesenaedeccksadaviulsaeticidacavanvel du clavilecint ees 245 Setting Up esmiail AlSrts sesvcsdedezes ced saevees Severs she ado yee ieee a eke c Ss oes a ed on Fe dead aad ee ts Wa Ua da DRT ee 246 VIEWING FEPOMS ee ETE S OA IA T cat E EE foes edb EA N E TE A E T 246 Configuring supply notifications from the Embedded Web Servel sssssssssseceecesssssssensnsaeeeeeeeeess 246 Restoring factory default SettingS ccscssccccccccccscssesssseeceeecececeecessnsnssseseeseceeesseseseasaesuseeeeeseseseeeeseeess 247 Clearing jaMS s sessi rosiareocsicssserisiuse
42. and uses the applicable Daylight Saving Time associated with the Time Zone setting Custom Time Zone Setup DST Start Week DST Start Day DST Start Month DST Start Time DST End Week DST End Day DST End Month DST End Time DST Offset Enable the user to set up the time zone Enable NTP On Off Enable Network Time Protocol which synchronizes the clocks of devices on a network Note On is the factory default setting NTP Server View the NTP server address Understanding the printer menus 175 Change the authentication setting to On or Off Note Off is the factory default setting Settings menu General Settings menu Display Language Set the language of the text appearing on the printer display English Note Not all languages are available for all printers and you may Francais need to install special hardware for those languages to appear Deutsch Italiano Espanol Dansk Norsk Nederlands Svenska Portuguese Suomi Russian Polski Greek Magyar Turkce Cesky Simplified Chinese Traditional Chinese Korean Japanese Eco Mode Minimize the use of energy paper or specialty media Off Notes Energy i f r Energy Paper e Off is the factory default setting This setting resets the paper printer to its factory default settings e Energy minimizes the power used by the printer Performance may be affected but print quality is not Energy Paper minimizes the use of po
43. any other devices attached to the printer then turn them off as well and unplug any cables going into the printer 43 Additional printer setup 44 Warning Potential Damage Controller board electronic components are easily damaged by static electricity Touch a metal surface on the printer before touching any controller board electronic components or connectors 1 Access the controller board For more information see Accessing the controller board on page 28 2 Unplug the printer hard disk interface cable from the controller board leaving the cable attached to the printer hard disk To unplug the cable squeeze the paddle at the plug of the interface cable to disengage the latch before pulling out the cable 3 Remove the screws holding the printer hard disk in place Additional printer setup 45 4 Remove the printer hard disk 5 Set aside the printer hard disk Installing hardware options Order of installation A CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY The printer weight is greater than 18 kg 40 Ib and requires two or more trained personnel to lift it safely A CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD If you are accessing the controller board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer then turn the printer off and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing If you have any other devices attached to the printer then turn them off as well and unplug any cables
44. as supply information and number of printed pages Network Setup Page Network x Setup Page Print a report containing information about the network printer settings such as the TCP IP address information Note This menu item appears only in network printers or printers connected to print servers Print a report containing information about the network settings of the printer such as the TCP IP address information Note This menu item appears only in network printers or printers connected to print servers and when there is more than one network option installed Understanding the printer menus 157 Use aI Shortcut List Print a report containing information about configured shortcuts Fax Job Log Print a report containing information about the last 200 completed faxes Notes This menu item appears only when Enable Job Log is set to On in the Fax Settings menu e This menu is supported only in select printer models Fax Call Log Print a report containing information about the last 100 attempted received and blocked calls Notes This menu item appears only when Enable Job Log is set to On in the Fax Settings menu e This menu is supported only in select printer models Copy Shortcuts Print a report containing information about copy shortcuts E mail Shortcuts Print a report containing information about e mail shortcuts Fax Shortcuts Print a report containing information ab
45. card connection support Use the correct cable and then make sure it is securely connected to the USB or parallel interface card Does the USB or parallel interface card operate correctly Paper feed problems Jammed pages are not reprinted Action Yes No Turn on Jam Recovery a From the home screen navigate to gt Settings gt General Settings gt Print Recovery b From the Jam Recovery menu touch the arrows to scroll to On or Auto c Touch Submit Do pages reprint after a jam A The problem is solved Contact technical support XX Troubleshooting Paper frequently jams 287 Action Yes No Step 1 Go to step 2 The problem is solved a Pull out the tray and then do one or more of the following e Make sure paper lies flat in the tray e Check if the paper size indicators on the paper guides are aligned with the paper size indicators on the tray Check if the paper guides are aligned against the edges of the paper e Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper fill indicator e Check if you are printing on a recommended paper size and type b Insert the tray properly If jam recovery is enabled then the print jobs will reprint automatically Do paper jams still occur frequently Go to step 3 The problem is solved Step 2 a Load paper from a fresh package Note Paper absorbs moisture due to high humidity Store paper in its original wrapper until
46. ccccccccceccsssssssnseceeceesceseesnsaeeceeeceseeesesesssseseesesseseeeeeeeesees 89 Printing information PABCS sic iccccsccccesvcesnnstsccaacceseveveasgacssdecssesesandnctesecesossusduadestscaveanssdsabencvesneddseesteeseduese 91 CANCELING APTI OD cisaccasccscch coos dcnete Sedatcaea ds e a dsoeeukeeusdaage edshwubds ccvabvanStucs Se 91 COYNE oicssi i E AE tiensa see E E Making Copies nann ea sadsncedsoviaastalsadcachaasicedsdieekiaaasadegesaderceteisbeaabnavarsausannieeaadevadeaedbaniee elie 93 COPVING PHOTOS setae eeta dente acta th an sated tender e dua eae toa ian a ee atone A a eae 94 Copying On specialty MOGI as cscs s scence cacadesssevscuneascansessecseunhscstensdbecssaueuaseedssesedbenslesiasadecuevesstsestendaasctees 94 Creating a copy shortcut using the printer control PANEl cc ccccccccccceceeeeeseeescesesssnnensessseececeeseseeeeseees 95 CUSTOMIZING COPY SEINE rnor inn E T E aduaasetend dec gusate dundbeusddasstunledadecusd OS 96 Placing information ON COPICS c ccccccceccsssssssnsecececeecesceseseesseeceecececeseesesseneeseecescseseseessseseeeeecesaeeseeeeesss 101 Canceling aiCOPYy JOD c 8 a aa aTa liendalaeceecdesdnaeasaddee duchies aagescd cactiageadedieia de ouslbausanadetec 102 Understanding the COPY Options cs siveecds eciessteeedeckcavectesedovetene tied ieeosbie a ciade latent a e a thes 102 E mailing csatcvlea wna va Ga ce aw cea Wha vines wo Ai inoia nore olde cote eir usisa a levees LOO Setting Up the
47. cdsvasies acd ys Aaea eaaa a ies ebecteotadhadedaylagecvesavensecsteal 232 Cleaning the scanner glasset a Le en A eke a Ea aAa I EA 233 Checking the status of parts and SUPPIICS ccccsesscccceeceecessnsneseeceeceessessessnsaeeeseeeceseessssaueeseeeseeaaess 235 Checking the status of parts and supplies on the printer control panel cccssscccccessssseceecessseeceseseesseeeees 235 Checking the status of parts and supplies from the Embedded Web Server c scccccsssssseeecesssteeeeeessesnees 235 Estimated number of remaining PageS cscsseseesssecccceeceeeceseesesnsnsaeeceesceseesseseseseeseeeseseeeeeeseeseseneeess 235 Ordering parts And SUPPliCSi scsvccecsesccecadesciUievvanadeeedecelseds Westeculecsudh scence exaust a a ss sah WeeasaTh a 236 Ordering supplies using the Supplies Ordering Utility 0 0 0 0 cecccsessccessssseceesesssseceeeesessseeeeseeesseeeseseneseeaees 236 Ordering supplies using Printer HOMEC cccccsscccscsssseceeeeecsseceecessessseeeccssseeeescesssaaeesessseeseeeeseeeueeuseeeeeessneaees 236 Storing SUP PINES ssessesvecgekeudcoeeseeeeaesauheedassBhs iv ater stan ead Sodas Wd adds vate a E a E eee 236 REplacing suppli Sn naenin aa E Ea de acadecehedeiaciedecuvaus tat oie benadeacanevaades ines 237 Replacing the toner Cartridge ccscccccessssccccesssssseecessesnseececsssseaeecescueeseecescessseceecesessuseceseaueasecseusesesseesneeeeess 237 Replacing the imaging nit orreri e
48. default settings Exceptions include the display language custom sizes and messages and network port menu settings All downloads stored in the RAM are deleted Downloads stored in the flash memory or in a printer hard disk are not affected From the home screen navigate to gt Settings gt General Settings gt Factory Defaults gt Restore Now gt Submit Clearing jams 248 Clearing jams Carefully select paper and specialty media and load them properly to avoid most jams If jams occur then follow the steps outlined in this chapter Warning Potential Damage Never use any tool to remove a jam Doing so could permanently damage the fuser Avoiding jams Load paper properly e Make sure paper lies flat in the tray Correct loading of paper Incorrect loading of paper e Do not remove a tray while the printer is printing e Do not load a tray while the printer is printing Load it before printing or wait for a prompt to load it e Do not load too much paper Make sure the stack height is below the maximum paper fill indicator Clearing jams 249 e Do not slide the paper into the tray Load paper as shown in the illustration e Make sure the guides in the tray or the multipurpose feeder are properly positioned and are not pressing tightly against the paper or envelopes Push the tray firmly into the printer after loading paper Use recommended paper e Use only recommended paper or specia
49. depends on the number of pages and whether they are in portrait or landscape orientation Separator Sheets Specify whether to insert blank separator sheets Off Notes e Off is the factory default setting Between Copies inserts a blank sheet between each copy of a print job if Collate is set to 1 2 3 1 2 3 If Collate is set to 1 1 1 2 2 2 then a blank page is inserted between each set of printed pages such as after all page 1 s and after all page 2 s Between Jobs inserts a blank sheet between print jobs Between Pages inserts a blank sheet between each page of the print job This setting is useful when printing transparencies or when inserting blank pages in a document Separator Sheet Source Tray x Multipurpose Feeder Specify the paper source for separator sheets Note Tray 1 is the factory default setting Blank Pages Do Not Print Print Specify whether to insert blank pages in a print job Note Do Not Print is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Print Settings Setup menu Printer Language PCL Emulation PS Emulation 211 Set the default printer language Notes PS Emulation is the factory default printer language Setting a printer language as the default does not prevent a software program from sending print jobs that use another printer language Download Target RAM Flash Disk Job Waiting Specify that
50. e When Copy to is set to Auto Size Match each copy matches the paper size of the original document If a matching paper size is not in one of the trays then Paper size not found appears and prompts to load a paper ina tray or multipurpose feeder Scale This option lets you scale the document from 25 to 400 of the original document size You can also set automatic scaling e When copying to a different paper size such as from legal size to letter size paper set the Copy from and Copy to paper sizes automatically to scale the scan image to fit the size of the paper onto which you are copying e To decrease or increase the value by 1 touch or onthe printer control panel To make a continuous decrease or increase in value hold the button for two seconds or more Darkness This option lets you adjust how light or dark the copies are in relation to the original document Sides Duplex This option lets you make one or two sided copies from one or two sided original documents Collate This option keeps the pages of a print job stacked in sequence when printing multiple copies of the document Copies This option lets you set the number of copies to be printed Content This option lets you set the original document type and source Select from the following content types e Graphics The original document is mostly business type graphics such as pie charts bar charts and animations e Photo The o
51. forms and letterheads considered for use before buying large quantities This determines whether or not the ink in the preprinted form or letterhead will affect print quality e When in doubt contact your paper supplier Using recycled paper and other office papers As an environmentally conscientious company we support the use of recycled paper produced specifically for use in laser electrophotographic printers While no blanket statement can be made that all recycled paper will feed well we consistently test papers that represent recycled cut size copier papers available on the global market This scientific testing is conducted with rigor and discipline Many factors are taken into consideration both separately and as a whole including the following e Amount of post consumer waste We test up to 100 post consumer waste content e Temperature and humidity conditions Testing chambers simulate climates from all over the world e Moisture content Business papers should have low moisture 4 5 Bending resistance and proper stiffness means optimum feeding through the printer Paper and specialty media guide 81 e Thickness impacts how much can be loaded into a tray e Surface roughness measured in Sheffield units impacts print clarity and how well toner fuses to the paper e Surface friction determines how easily sheets can be separated e Grain and formation impacts curling which also influences the mechanics of how the p
52. going into the printer CAUTION TIPPING HAZARD Floor mounted configurations require additional furniture for stability You must use either a printer stand or printer base if you are using multiple input options If you purchased a multifunction printer MFP that scans copies and faxes then you may need additional furniture For more information contact the place where you purchased the printer Install the printer and any hardware options you have purchased in the following order e Caster base e 2100 sheet tray or spacer e Optional 550 sheet tray Printer For more information on installing a caster base optional 550 sheet tray spacer or 2100 sheet tray see the setup sheet that came with the option Additional printer setup 46 Installing optional trays The printer supports the following optional input sources e 550 sheet tray e 2100 sheet tray A CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY The printer weight is greater than 18 kg 40 Ib and requires two or more trained personnel to lift it safely A CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD If you are accessing the controller board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer then turn the printer off and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing If you have any other devices attached to the printer then turn them off as well and unplug any cables going into the printer CAUTION TIPPING HAZARD Floor mounted configurations req
53. job print and collate correctly Step 2 The problem is solved Go to step 3 Step 3 The problem is solved Contact technical Reduce the complexity of the print job by eliminating the number and size support of fonts the number and complexity of images and the number of pages in the job Did the job print and collate correctly J Multiple language PDF files do not print Action Yes No Step 1 The problem is solved Go to step 2 a Checkifthe print options for the PDF output are set to embed all fonts For more information see the documentation that came with Adobe Acrobat b Generate a new PDF file and then resend the print job Do the files print Step 2 a Open the document you want to print in Adobe Acrobat b Click File gt Print gt Advanced gt Print As Image gt OK gt OK Do the files print The problem is solved Contact technical support Troubleshooting Print jobs do not print a Turn off the printer wait for about 10 seconds and then turn the printer back on b Resend the print job Do the jobs print Step 6 a Remove and then reinstall the printer software For more information see Installing the printer on page 50 Note The printer software is available at www dell com support printers b Resend the print job Do the jobs print The problem is solved Action Yes No Step 1 The problem is solved Go to step 2 a
54. located on both sides of the printer to lift it e Make sure your fingers are not under the printer when you set it down Before setting up the printer make sure there is adequate clearance around it Use only the power cord provided with this product or the manufacturer s authorized replacement Use only the telecommunications RJ 11 cord provided with this product or a 26 AWG or larger replacement when connecting this product to the public switched telephone network CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD If you are accessing the controller board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer then turn the printer off and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing If you have any other devices attached to the printer then turn them off as well and unplug any cables going into the printer A CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD Make sure that all external connections such as Ethernet and telephone system connections are properly installed in their marked plug in ports This product is designed tested and approved to meet strict global safety standards with the use of specific manufacturer s components The safety features of some parts may not always be obvious The manufacturer is not responsible for the use of other replacement parts CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY Do not cut twist bind crush or place heavy objects on the power cord Do not subject the power cord to abrasion or stress Do not
55. mm 3 2 76 x 5 in to v x v v 8 5 x 14 in 7 3 4 Envelope 98x191mm 9 Envelope 98 x 225 mm 3 9x8 9 in v v X v 10 Envelope 105 x 241 mm 4 1 x 9 5 in v v x v DL Envelope 110 x 220 mm 4 3 x 8 7 in v v x v C5 Envelope 162 x 229 mm B5 Envelope 176 x 250 mm X 6 93 x 9 84 in v v Other Envelope 98 x 162 mm 3 9 x 6 4 in to 176 x 250 mm v X v 6 9 x 9 8 in 1 If your preferred default paper size cannot be set in the printer control panel then you may select common paper sizes that correspond to the position of the length guide in the tray from the Paper Size Type menu If the paper size is not available then select Universal or turn off tray size sensing For more information contact technical support 2 Paper is supported in long edge orientation 3 Universal is supported in ADF only if the width is from 76 mm 3 in to 216 mm 8 5 in and the length is from 127 mm 5 in to 356 mm 14 in Paper types and weights supported by the printer The printer engine supports 60 176 g m 16 47 lb paper weights Paper and specialty media guide Note Labels transparencies envelopes and card stock always print at reduced speed 84 Paper type ae Multipurpose Duplex ADF pe tray feeder Paper 7 7 7 7 Card Stock j X J J x J Plain Envelope J X J X x J Rough Envelope J X J X X J Paper Labels J X g X J J Pharmacy Labels J X J J J X X Transparencies V v v v Print transp
56. models For more information contact the place where you purchased the printer e Memory card DDR3 DIMM Flash memory e Fonts e Firmware cards Forms barcode PRESCRIBE IPDS Printcryption Internal Solutions Ports ISP Accessing the controller board Note This task requires a flat head screwdriver Additional printer setup 29 A CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD If you are accessing the controller board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer then turn the printer off and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing If you have any other devices attached to the printer then turn them off as well and unplug any cables going into the printer 1 Open the controller board access cover AAA AY 2 Using a screwdriver loosen the screws on the controller board shield ea ZZ ZZ BE A Z Additional printer setup 30 3 Remove the shield AY A 4 Use the following illustration to locate the appropriate connector Warning Potential Damage Controller board electronic components are easily damaged by static electricity Touch a metal surface on the printer before touching any controller board electronic components or connectors 1 Internal Solutions Port or printer hard disk connector 2 Option card connector 3 Memory card connector Additional printer setup 5 Reattach the shield and then align t
57. not buffer print jobs on the printer hard disk e On buffers print jobs on the printer hard disk e Auto buffers print jobs only if the printer is busy processing data from another input port e Changing this setting from the printer control panel and then exiting the menus causes the printer to restart The menu selection is then updated Protocol Select the hardware and software handshaking settings for the serial port DTR Notes DTR DSR XON XOFF DTR is the factory default setting XON XOFF DTR DTR DSR is a hardware handshaking setting XONXOFF DTRDSR e XON XOFF is a software handshaking setting e XON XOFF DTR and XON XOFF DTR DSR are combined hardware and software handshaking settings Robust XON Determine whether the printer communicates availability to the computer On Notes Off e Off is the factory default setting e This menu item applies only to the serial port if Serial Protocol is set to XON XOFF Baud Specify the rate at which data can be received through the serial port 1200 Notes 2400 4800 e 9600 is the factory default setting 9600 138200 172800 230400 and 345600 baud rates are only displayed in the 19200 Standard Serial menu These settings do not appear in the Serial Option 1 Serial Option 2 or Serial Option 3 menus 38400 57600 115200 138200 172800 230400 345600 Data Bits Specify the number of data bits sent in each transmission frame 7 8 Note 8 is the factory default setting Unde
58. page 327 Troubleshooting Cannot scan from a computer 324 Action Yes No Step 1 Go to step 3 Go to step 2 Make sure the printer is turned on and that Ready appears on the printer display before scanning a job Does Ready appear before scanning the job Step 2 Clear the error Go to step 3 Turn off the printer then wait for about 10 seconds and then turn the Message printer back on Is there an error message on the printer display Step 3 Contact technical Tighten the cable Check the cable connections between the printer and the print server to Support connections make sure they are secure For more information see the setup documentation that came with the printer Are the cable connections between the printer and the print server secure Partial document or photo scans Check the placement of the document or photo Make sure the document or photo is loaded facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner Is the document or photo loaded correctly Contact technical support Load the document or photo loaded facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner Poor scanned image quality Action Step 1 Check if an error message appears on the display Step 2 Check the quality of the original document Is the quality of the original document satisfactory Yes Clear the error message Is there an error message on the printer display G
59. port requires it regardless of the default printer language Notes On is the factory default setting e When set to Off the printer does not examine incoming data The printer uses PCL emulation if the PCL SmartSwitch is set to On It uses the default printer language specified in the Setup menu if the PCL SmartSwitch is set to Off Set the printer to perform the special processing required for bidirectional communication following the conventions defined by the NPA protocol Notes Auto is the factory default setting Auto sets the printer to examine data determine the format and then process it appropriately The printer automatically restarts when changing the setting from the printer control panel The menu selection is then updated Understanding the printer menus USB Buffer Disabled Auto 3K to maximum size allowed Job Buffering Off On Auto 164 Set the size of the USB input buffer Notes Auto is the factory default setting Disabled turns off job buffering Any jobs already buffered on the printer hard disk are printed before normal processing resumes e The USB buffer size value can be changed in 1 K increments e The maximum size allowed depends on the amount of memory in the printer the size of the other link buffers and whether Resource Save is set to On or Off To increase the maximum size range for the USB Buffer disable or reduce the size of the parallel serial
60. print four pages of your document on a single page Copying 105 e Separator Sheets This places a blank sheet of paper between copies pages or print jobs The separator sheets can be drawn from a tray that contains a type or color of paper that is different from the paper your copies are printed on e Multifeed Sensor This detects when the ADF picks more than one sheet of paper at a time and then displays an error message Note This option is supported only in select printer models E mailing 106 E mailing Automatic document feeder ADF Scanner glass Use the ADF for multiple page documents including Use the scanner glass for single page documents book pages small two sided pages items such as postcards or photos transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings Setting up the printer to e mail Setting up the e mail function 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt E mail FTP Settings gt E mail Settings 3 Enter the appropriate information and then click Submit Configuring e mail settings 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the addre
61. print jobs in the printer hard disk before printing This menu only appears when a formatted disk is installed Notes e Off is the factory default setting e On buffers print jobs on the printer hard disk e Auto buffers print jobs only when the printer is busy processing data from another input port Changing this setting from the printer control panel and then exiting the menus causes the printer to restart The menu selection is then updated Understanding the printer menus 159 Use AK Mac Binary PS Set the printer to process Macintosh binary PostScript print jobs On Notes Off Auto e Auto is the factory default setting e Off filters print jobs using the standard protocol e On processes raw binary PostScript print jobs Standard Network Setup OR Show and set the printer network settings Network x Setup Note The Wireless menu appears only when the printer is connected to a wireless Reports network Network Card TCP IP IPv6 Wireless AppleTalk XX A Reports menu To access the menu navigate to either of the following e Network Ports gt Standard Network gt Standard Network Setup gt Reports e Network Ports gt Network x gt Network x Setup gt Reports Print Setup Page Print a report containing information about the network printer settings such as the TCP IP address Network Card menu To access the menu navigate to either of the following e Network Ports gt Standar
62. printer For more information visit Documents www dell com support printers pdf e xps Images e dcx e gif e jpeg or jpg e bmp e pcx e tiff or tif e png e fls Printing from a mobile device Printing from a mobile device using AirPrint AirPrint is a mobile printing application that allows you to print directly from your iPad all models iPhone 3GS or later or iPod touch 3rd generation or later to your AirPrint enabled printer AirPrint enabled printers work with these mobile devices that run the latest version of iOS Note Make sure the printer and the mobile device share the same wireless network For information on configuring the wireless settings of your mobile device see the documentation that came with the device 1 From the home screen of your mobile device launch the application Note You can print any content from these Apple applications iBook Mail Photos Safari and some select App Store applications 2 Select the item to print and then tap el 3 Tap Print and then choose your printer 4 Set the print options you want and then tap Print Printing from a mobile device using Dell Mobile Print You can print directly from an Android mobile device OS 2 1 or later to your printer using Dell Mobile Print Notes e Make sure the printer and the mobile device share the same wireless network Printing 89 e For information on configuring the wireless settings see the docum
63. rear door 254 standard bin jam 257 Job Accounting menu 214 Index L labels paper tips 78 letterhead copying on 95 loading 2100 sheet tray 64 loading multipurpose feeder 70 78 loading trays 57 78 light indicator 16 line filter 119 LINE port 48 linking trays 74 75 Load paper source with custom string paper orientation 270 Load paper source with custom type name paper orientation 270 Load paper source with paper size paper orientation 271 Load paper source with paper type paper size paper orientation 271 Load Manual Feeder with custom string paper orientation 271 Load Manual Feeder with custom type name paper orientation 271 Load Manual Feeder with paper size paper orientation 272 Load manual feeder with paper type paper size paper orientation 272 loading card stock 70 envelopes 70 letterhead in 2100 sheet tray 64 letterhead in multipurpose feeder 70 letterhead in trays 57 multipurpose feeder 70 transparencies 70 loading letterhead paper orientation 78 loading paper 2100 sheet tray 64 550 sheet tray 57 M Maintenance kit low 80 xy 272 Maintenance kit nearly low 80 xy 272 Maintenance kit very low x estimated pages remain 80 xy 272 making copies using paper from selected tray 96 managing printer messages 245 memory types installed on printer 228 memory card 28 installing 32 Memory full 38 272 Memory full cannot print faxes 272
64. server address Backup DNS Server Address 2 Backup DNS Server Address 3 Enable HTTPS View or change the current HTTPS setting Yes Note Yes is the factory default setting No IPv6 menu View or change the backup DNS server addresses To access the menu navigate to any of the following e Network Ports menu gt Standard Network gt Standard Network Setup gt IPv6 e Network Ports menu gt Network x gt Network x Setup gt IPv6 Note This menu is available only in network printers or printers that are attached to print servers Use Enable IPv6 On Off Auto Configuration On Off Set Hostname To Enable IPv6 in the printer Note On is the factory default setting Specify whether or not the network adapter accepts the automatic IPv6 address configuration entries provided by a router Note On is the factory default setting Set the host name View Address View Router Address Note These settings can be changed only from the Embedded Web Server Enable DHCPv6 On Off Enable DHCPv6 in the printer Note On is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus 162 Wireless menu Note This menu is available only in printers connected to a wireless network or printer models that have a wireless network adapter To access the menu navigate to Network Ports gt Network x gt Network x Setup gt Wireless Use ae Wi Fi Protected S
65. setting Auto sets the printer to examine data determine the format and then processes it appropriately e When set to On the printer performs NPA processing If the data is not in NPA format it is rejected as bad data e When set to Off the printer does not perform NPA processing e Changing this setting from the printer control panel and then exiting the menus causes the printer to restart The menu selection is then updated Serial Buffer Disabled Auto 3K to maximum size allowed Set the size of the serial input buffer Notes e Auto is the factory default setting Disabled turns off job buffering Any jobs already buffered on the disk are printed before normal processing is resumed e The serial buffer size setting can be changed in 1 KB increments e The maximum size allowed depends on the amount of memory in the printer the size of the other link buffers and whether Resource Save is set to On or Off e To increase the maximum size range for the Serial Buffer disable or reduce the size of the parallel serial and network buffers e Changing this setting from the printer control panel and then exiting the menus causes the printer to restart The menu selection is then updated Understanding the printer menus 168 Use To Job Buffering Temporarily store print jobs on the printer hard disk before printing Off Notes On Auto e Off is the factory default setting The printer does
66. stored use sharing security and firewall settings to allow the printer at least a read access For help see the documentation that came with your operating system 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Note View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 2 Click Settings gt Apps gt Apps Management gt Forms and Favorites 3 Click Add and then customize the settings Notes e See the mouse over help beside each field for a description of the setting e To make sure the location settings of the bookmark are correct type the correct IP address of the host computer where the bookmark is located For more information on obtaining the IP address of the host computer see Finding the IP address of the computer on page 21 e Make sure the printer has access rights to the folder where the bookmark is located 4 Click Apply To use the application touch Forms and Favorites on the printer home screen and then navigate through form categories or search for forms based on a form number name or description Setting up Card Copy Note A later version of this User s Guide may contain a direct link to the Administrator s Guide of this application To check for updates of this User s Guide go to www dell com support manuals Setting up and using the home screen applic
67. the copy settings From the Copy screen check if the Content Type and Content Source settings are correct for the document being scanned Are the Content Type and Content Source settings correct for the document being scanned Step 7 Go to step 8 The problem is solved Check for patterns on prints a From the Copy screen navigate to Advanced Options gt Advanced Imaging gt Sharpness gt select a lower setting Note Make sure no scaling is being selected b Resend the copy job Do patterns appear on prints Step 8 Go to step 9 The problem is solved Check for missing or faded text on prints a From the Copy screen navigate to Advanced Options gt Advanced Imaging b Adjust the settings Sharpness Increase the current setting Contrast Increase the current setting c Resend the copy job Do prints have missing or faded text N Si Se 4 Troubleshooting Action Step 9 Check for washed out or overexposed output a From the Copy screen navigate to Advanced Options gt Advanced Imaging b Adjust the settings of the following Background Removal Reduce the current setting Shadow Detail Reduce the current setting c Resend the copy job Do pages show washed out or overexposed prints Scanner unit does not close Action Check if there are no obstructions between the scanner unit and the printer a Lift the scanner unit b Remove any obstruction that keeps the scanner u
68. the printer e A Service Set Identifier SSID is a name assigned to a wireless network Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP Wi Fi Protected Access WPA and WPA2 are types of security used on a network Preparing to set up the printer on an Ethernet network To configure your printer to connect to an Ethernet network organize the following information before you begin Note If your network automatically assigns IP addresses to computers and printers continue on to installing the printer e Avalid unique IP address for the printer to use on the network e The network gateway e The network mask e Anickname for the printer optional Note A printer nickname can make it easier for you to identify your printer on the network You can choose to use the default printer nickname or assign a name that is easier for you to remember You will need an Ethernet cable to connect the printer to the network and an available port where the printer can physically connect to the network Use a new network cable when possible to avoid potential problems caused by a damaged cable Additional printer setup 52 Preparing to set up the printer on a wireless network Notes e Make sure your wireless network adapter is installed in your printer and working properly For more information see the instruction sheet that came with the wireless network adapter e Make sure your access point wireless router is turned on and is working properly Make sure yo
69. then pull out the imaging unit from the printer 5 Place the imaging unit aside on a flat smooth surface Warning Potential Damage Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10 minutes Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems Warning Potential Damage Do not touch the photoconductor drum Doing so may affect the print quality of future print jobs 6 Pull the jammed paper gently to the right and then remove it from the printer Note Make sure all paper fragments are removed 5 Warning Potential Damage The jammed paper may be covered with toner which can stain garments and skin Clearing jams 253 ie Note Use the arrows on the side of the printer as a guide 7 Install the imaging unit 8 Insert the toner cartridge into the printer and then push the blue handle back into place Notes e Align the arrows on the guides of the toner cartridge with the arrows in the printer e Make sure the cartridge is fully pushed in Clearing jams 254 9 Close the multipurpose feeder door and the front cover 10 From the printer control panel touch Done to clear the message and continue printing x page jam open upper rear door 202 A CAUTION HOT SURFACE The inside of the printer might be hot To reduce the risk of injury from a hot component allow the surface to cool before touching 255 Clearing jams 1 Pull down the rear door 2 Firm
70. there is not enough memory to print the whole page On sets the printer to process the whole page so that the entire page prints Understanding the printer menus 184 Press Sleep Button Do Nothing Sleep Hibernate Determine how the printer responds when pressing the Sleep button while the printer is idle Notes e Sleep is the factory default setting Sleep or Hibernate sets the printer to operate at a lower power configuration e If the printer is in Sleep mode then the display appears off and the Sleep button turns amber in color Touch anywhere on the display or press a button on the control panel to wake the printer from Sleep mode e If the printer is in Hibernate mode then the display is completely off and the Sleep button turns amber and is blinking Press and Hold Sleep Button Do Nothing Sleep Hibernate Determine how the printer responds when pressing the Sleep button for 3 seconds or longer while the printer is idle Notes Do Nothing is the factory default setting Sleep or Hibernate sets the printer to operate at a lower power configuration e If the printer is in Sleep mode then the display appears off and the Sleep button turns amber Touch anywhere on the display or press a button on the control panel to wake the printer from Sleep mode Factory Defaults Do Not Restore Restore Now Restore the printer settings to the factory default settings Notes e
71. time e Scan documents and send them to your computer an e mail address a flash drive or an FTP destination e Scan documents and send them to another printer PDF through an FTP Learning about the printer 15 Using the ADF and scanner glass Automatic document feeder ADF Scanner glass Use the ADF for multiple page documents including two Use the scanner glass for single page documents book pages sided duplex pages small items such as postcards or photos transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings You can use the ADF or the scanner glass to scan documents Using the ADF When using the ADF Load the document into the ADF tray faceup short edge first Load up to 150 sheets of plain paper into the ADF tray e Scan sizes from 76 2 x 127 mm 3 x 5 inches wide to 216 x 635 mm 8 5 x 25 inches long Scan media weighs from 52 to 120 g m 14 32 lb e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass Using the scanner glass When using the scanner glass e Place a document facedown on the scanner glass in the corner with the green arrow e Scan or copy documents up to 216 x 355 6 mm 8 5 x 14 inches e Copy books up to 25 3 mm 1 inch thick Understanding the printer control panel Understanding the printer control panel Using the prin
72. to restart the scan job with the same settings from the previous scan job Replace cartridge 0 estimated pages remain 88 xy Replace the toner cartridge to clear the message and continue printing For more information see the instruction sheet that came with the supply or see the Replacing supplies section of the User s Guide Note If you do not have a replacement cartridge then visit our Web site or contact the place where you purchased the printer Replace cartridge printer region mismatch 42 xy Install a suitable toner cartridge Replace imaging unit 0 estimated pages remain 84 xy Replace the imaging unit to clear the message and continue printing For more information see the instruction sheet that came with the supply or see the Replacing supplies section of the User s Guide Note If you do not have a replacement imaging unit then visit our Web site or contact the place where you purchased the printer Troubleshooting 276 Replace jammed originals if restarting job Try one or more of the following e Touch Cancel job to clear the message and cancel the scan job Touch Scan from automatic feeder to continue scanning from the ADF immediately after the last successful scan job e Touch Scan from flatbed to continue scanning from the scanner immediately after the last successful scan job e Touch Finish job without further scanning to end the last successful scan job e Touch Restart job to restar
73. until you use it b Resend the print job Is the print still too light Nee eee Go to step 6 The problem is solved Troubleshooting Action Step 6 a Redistribute the toner in the imaging unit 1 Remove the toner cartridge and then the imaging unit 2 Firmly shake the imaging unit Warning Potential Damage Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10 minutes Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems 3 Install the imaging unit and then the cartridge b Resend the print job Is the print still too light Yes Go to step 7 307 No The problem is solved Contact technical The problem is solved Step 7 Replace the imaging unit and then resend the print job support Is the print still too light Repeating defects appear on prints Action Yes No Go to step 2 The problem is solved Step 1 a Replace the imaging unit if the distance between the defects is equal to any of the following e 47 8 mm 1 88 in e 96 8 mm 3 81 in e 28 5 mm 1 12 in b Resend the print job Do repeating defects still appear on prints Step 2 a Replace the fuser if the distance between the defects is equal to either of the following e 94 25 mm 3 71 in e 95 2 mm 3 75 in b Resend the print job support Do repeating defects still appear on prints Contact technical The problem is solved Troubleshooting
74. using envelopes 77 tips on using letterhead 78 341 toner cartridge replacing 237 240 toner darkness adjusting 85 Too many disks installed 58 279 Too many flash options installed 58 279 Too many trays attached 58 280 touch screen buttons 19 transparencies copying on 94 loading 70 tips 79 tray loading 57 Tray x paper size unsupported 280 trays linking 74 75 unlinking 74 75 troubleshooting an application error has occurred 328 cannot open Embedded Web Server 328 checking an unresponsive printer 281 contacting technical support 329 fax and e mail functions are not set up 322 solving basic printer problems 281 the scanner does not respond 327 troubleshooting copy copier does not respond 314 partial document or photo copies 315 poor copy quality 315 poor scanned image quality 324 scanner unit does not close 317 326 troubleshooting display printer display is blank 283 troubleshooting fax caller ID is not shown 318 can receive but not send faxes 320 can send but not receive faxes 321 cannot send or receive a fax 318 Index received fax has poor print quality 322 troubleshooting paper feed message remains after jam is cleared 287 troubleshooting print envelope seals when printing 289 error reading flash drive 289 held jobs do not print 288 incorrect characters print 290 incorrect margins on prints 300 jammed pages are not reprinted 286 job prints from wrong tray 290 job prints on wrong paper
75. wees Maeveven O r a 79 Paper characteristics arche e a a sdcsere ed tats ine desen does societies aae esae e Ea a aaaea 79 Contents 4 S lecting papets a aeai acdued eiar aE aaa sceude cesses ot e aede a iaaiiai 80 Selecting preprinted forms and letterhead ccccccssscccccsssesseeeesssenseeecesssssececeseseececeseesseeeeeseesae seasseeeseneaaes 80 Using recycled paper and other office Paper s sssssssssssssssssssressssssreresssrresssssressssssrestsssseneesssreesesseessoreeeessent 80 Storing paper areis ent ea a a a aaa aaa a eaa deara a aa aaa e aaa aaas 82 Supported paper sizes types and WEIGNHS ccccsesssssscceceeccsssesnssseeeecescecesssasaueeecescessesnsausaeeseeseeeees 82 Paper sizes supported by the printer cccccccsssssececcessssceccseseceecescessuesecessssaeseseesessuseeeceseueees saaeeesesesaeaeeeeses 82 Paper types and weights supported by the printer cccccccccsssscccessssseeecccsenseeecesssseseecescesasecescessaeeseeaeeeeses 83 Printing forms ANd a COCUMENLL cccecessssssceececeescssssnsaseeceecessesuusueeseeecescessususeseeeseseseusesausaeceesaeeeeeeseens 85 Printing fromia flashy Grivess lt cscoesvccsvs seosdecovensadseetcswwasadebevanessiencthdeves eh a a a a a a laa tevocubenas 86 Printing from a mobile AEVICE c cscsscccccceceecsssesnsensueseeceeceescesessseususaeeeeesecessesesesausaeeeeeeeeseseseeseseeeses 88 Printing confidential and other held jODS cs
76. 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the printer control panel navigate to FTP gt FTP gt type the FTP address gt Done gt Send It Scanning to an FTP address using a shortcut number 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Scanning 139 Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the printer control panel press on the keypad and then enter the FTP shortcut number 4 Touch ZS gt Send It Scanning an FTP using the address book 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to FTP gt FTP gt ia gt type the name of the recipient gt Search 4 Touch the name of the recipient Note To se
77. 290 jobs do not print 292 Large jobs do not collate 291 multiple language PDF files do not print 291 paper curl 301 paper frequently jams 287 print job takes longer than expected 293 tray linking does not work 294 unexpected page breaks occur 295 troubleshooting print quality blank pages 301 characters have jagged edges 295 clipped pages or images 296 compressed images appear on prints 297 gray background on prints 298 horizontal voids appear on prints 299 print irregularities 303 print is too dark 304 print is too light 306 printer is printing solid black pages 302 repeating defects appear on prints 307 shadow images appear on prints 308 skewed print 308 streaked horizontal lines appear on prints 309 streaked vertical lines 310 toner fog or background shading 311 toner rubs off 312 toner specks appear on prints 312 transparency print quality is poor 312 uneven print density 313 white streaks on a page 313 troubleshooting printer options internal option is not detected 283 internal print server 284 Internal Solutions Port 284 tray problems 285 USB parallel interface card 286 troubleshooting printing printing slows down 294 troubleshooting scan cannot scan from a computer 324 partial document or photo scans 324 scan job was not successful 325 scanner unit does not close 317 326 scanning takes too long or freezes the computer 326 U understanding the home screen buttons and icons 17 uneven print density 31
78. 3 Unformatted flash detected 53 280 Universal paper size setting 57 Universal Setup menu 155 unlinking trays 74 75 Unsupported camera mode unplug camera and change mode 280 Unsupported option in slot x 55 280 Unsupported USB hub please remove 267 USB port 48 USB port x disabled 56 280 USB parallel interface card troubleshooting 286 using a shortcut number scanning to an FTP address 138 using Forms and Favorites 85 using recycled paper 223 using shortcuts sending fax 129 using the address book 109 sending fax 130 using the touch screen buttons 19 342 Utilities menu 216 V verify print jobs 89 printing from a Macintosh computer 90 printing from Windows 90 vertical voids appear 313 viewing reports 246 viewing a fax log 132 virtual display checking using Embedded Web Server 245 voice mail setting up 115 Voice over Internet Protocol VoIP fax setup 120 voids appear 313 VoIP adapter 120 volatile memory 228 erasing 228 volatility statement of 228 W Weblink server not set up Contact system administrator 281 wiping the printer hard disk 229 Wireless menu 162 wireless network configuration information 52 wireless network setup using the Embedded Web Server 54 wireless setup wizard using 53 X XPS menu 217
79. 33 xy 273 non volatile memory 228 erasing 229 Not enough free space in flash memory for resources 52 273 number of remaining pages estimate 235 Index 0 optional card installing 33 options 2100 sheet tray installing 46 550 sheet tray installing 46 firmware cards 28 Internal Solutions Port installing 35 memory card 28 32 printer hard disk installing 39 printer hard disk removing 43 options copy screen copy from 102 scale 103 options touch screen copy 103 e mail 110 112 ordering supplies using Printer Home 236 organizing cables 48 original size e mail options 111 scan options 141 output file type changing 109 P page setup e mail options 112 fax options 135 scan options 142 paper characteristics 79 different sizes copying 96 letterhead 80 preprinted forms 80 recycled 80 saving 100 selecting 80 storing 79 82 unacceptable 80 Universal size setting 57 using recycled 223 Paper changes needed 274 paper characteristics 79 paper feed troubleshooting message remains after jam is cleared 287 paper jams avoiding 248 paper jams clearing behind rear door 255 duplex 258 in automatic document feeder top cover 261 in manual feeder 260 in tray x 259 inside the printer 251 standard bin jam 257 upper rear door 254 Paper Loading menu 153 paper size setting 57 Paper Size Type menu 146 paper sizes supported by the printer 82 Paper Texture menu 149 paper type setting 57 paper types supported by p
80. 35 239 258 Cartridge low 88 xy 264 Cartridge nearly low 88 xy 264 Cartridge very low x estimated pages remain 88 xy 264 Change paper source to custom string load orientation 264 Change paper source to custom type name load orientation 264 Change paper source to paper size load orientation 264 Change paper source to paper type paper size load orientation 265 Check tray x connection 265 Close door or insert cartridge 265 Close flatbed cover and load originals if restarting job 2yy xx 265 Close front door 266 Close top access cover 266 Complex page some data may not have printed 39 266 Configuration change some held jobs were not restored 57 266 Defective flash detected 51 266 Disk full 62 266 Disk full scan job canceled 266 Disk must be formatted for use in this device 267 Disk near full Securely clearing disk space 267 Error reading USB drive Remove USB 267 Error reading USB hub Remove hub 267 Fax memory full 267 Fax partition inoperative Contact system administrator 267 Fax server To Format not set up Contact system administrator 267 Fax Station Name not set up Contact system administrator 268 Fax Station Number not set up Contact system administrator 268 Imaging unit low 84 xy 268 Imaging unit nearly low 84 xy 268 Imaging unit very low x estimated pages remain 84 xy 268 338 Incompatible tray x 59 268 Incorre
81. A6 JIS BS Difficult Media Letter Difficult Media A5 Difficult Media Legal Difficult Media A4 Custom Scan Size x Book Original Business Card 3x 5in 4x 6in Sides Duplex Off Long Edge Short Edge JPEG Quality Best for content 5 90 199 aK Specify the orientation of the scanned image Note Portrait is the factory default setting Specify the paper size of the document being scanned Notes e A4is the international factory default setting e Letter is the U S factory default setting Specify how text and graphics are oriented on the page Notes e Off is the factory default setting Long Edge assumes binding along the long edge of the page left edge for portrait and top edge for landscape Short Edge assumes binding along the short edge of the page top edge for portrait and left edge for landscape Set the quality of a JPEG photo image in relation to file size and quality of the image Notes Best for content is the factory default setting 5 reduces the file size and quality of the image e 90 provides the best image quality but the file size is very large This menu setting applies to all scan functions Text Default 5 90 Set the quality of a text image in relation to file size and quality of the image ee Note 75 is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Use Text Photo Default 5 90 Photo Default 5 90 200
82. Dell B5465dnf Laser MFP User s Guide February 2014 www dell com dell com support printers Trademarks Information in this document is subject to change without notice 2014 Dell Inc All rights reserved Reproduction of this material in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc is strictly forbidden Trademarks used in this text Dell the DELL logo Inspiron Dell Precision Dimension OptiPlex Latitude PowerEdge PowerVault PowerApp and Dell OpenManage are trademarks of Dell Inc Intel Pentium and Celeron are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to the entities claiming the marks and names of their products Dell Inc disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own Contents 2 Contents Safety information sssssseossssecsesssssssoseosssssssesossosecssssesossosscssoseesesosesseese Learning about the printer sssssesssosessecsssseesessssssoseosesseosesseesecssessessesees LO Finding information about the Printer cccccccsssssccccceceecesceesesnsnsseeceeeeceeessessessnsaesaeeeeceseesseseeseseeeeees 10 Selecting a location for the Printer cccccccccsssssssscececccscssssseeeeeeccssesseseseeecsseesesssaseseeeceeesesssas
83. Do Not Restore is the factory default setting This keeps the user defined settings Restore Now returns all printer settings to the factory default settings except Network Ports menu settings All downloads stored in the RAM are deleted Downloads stored in flash memory or ina printer hard disk are not affected Copy Settings menu Content Type Text Graphics Text Photo Photo Specify the content of the original document Note Text Photo is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Use Content Source Black White Laser Color Laser Inkjet Photo Film Magazine Newspaper Press Other 185 To Specify how the original document was produced Note Black White Laser is the factory default setting Sides Duplex 1 sided to 1 sided 1 sided to 2 sided 2 sided to 1 sided 2 sided to 2 sided Paper Saver Off 2 up Portrait 2 up Landscape 4 up Portrait 4 up Landscape Print Page Borders On Off Collate 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 Specify whether an original document is two sided duplex or one sided and then to specify whether the copy should be two sided or one sided Notes 1 sided to 1 sided The original document has print on one side and the copy will also have print on one side 1 sided to 2 sided The original document has print on one side while the copy will have print on both sides e 2 sided to 1 sided The original document has pri
84. Finding information about the printer Find it here What are you looking for Initial setup instructions Connecting the printer Installing the printer software Setup documentation The setup documentation came with the printer Additional setup and instructions for using the printer e Selecting and storing paper and specialty media e Loading paper Configuring printer settings e Viewing and printing documents and photos e Setting up and using the printer software e Configuring the printer on a network Caring for and maintaining the printer Troubleshooting and solving problems Instructions for e Connecting the printer to an Ethernet network Troubleshooting printer connection problems Help using the printer software User s Guide and Quick Reference Guide The guides may be available on the Software and Documentation CD For more information visit our Web site at www dell com support manuals Networking Guide Open the Software and Documentation CD and then navigate to Documentation gt User s Guide and other publications gt Networking Guide Windows or Mac Help Opena printer software program or application and then click Help Click 2 to view context sensitive information Notes Help is automatically installed with the printer software The printer software is located in the printer program folder or on the desktop depending on your operating system T
85. From the document you are trying to print open the Print dialog and check if you have selected the correct printer Note If the printer is not the default printer then you must select the printer for each document that you want to print b Resend the print job Do the jobs print Step 2 The problem is solved Go to step 3 a Check if the printer is plugged in and turned on and if Ready appears on the printer display b Resend the print job Do the jobs print Step 3 The problem is solved Go to step 4 If an error message appears on the printer display then clear the message Note The printer continues to print after clearing the message Do the jobs print Step 4 The problem is solved Go to step 5 a Check if the ports USB serial or Ethernet are working and if the cables are securely connected to the computer and the printer Note For more information see the setup documentation that came with the printer b Resend the print job Do the jobs print Step 5 The problem is solved Go to step 6 Contact technical support Troubleshooting Print job takes longer than expected Action Step 1 Change the environmental settings of the printer a From the printer control panel navigate to Settings gt General Settings b Select Eco Mode or Quiet Mode and then select Off Note Disabling Eco Mode or Quiet Mode may increase the consumption of energy or supplies or both Did the job print Step 2 Reduce th
86. Log Post amp Delete Current Log Post amp Delete Oldest Log Delete Current Log Delete Oldest Log Delete All Logs Delete All But Current URL to Post Logs Determine and set how the printer responds when disk usage reaches the maximum limit 100MB Note None is the factory default setting Determine and set where the printer posts job accounting logs E mail Address to Send Logs Specify the e mail address to which the printer sends job accounting logs Understanding the printer menus 216 Log File Prefix Specify the prefix you want for the log file name Note The current host name defined in the TCP IP menu is used as the default log file prefix Utilities menu Use a Remove Held Jobs Delete confidential and held jobs from the printer hard disk Confidential Notes Held Not Restored Selecting a setting affects only print jobs that are resident in the printer All Bookmarks print jobs on flash drives and other types of held jobs are not affected e Not Restored removes all Print and Hold jobs that are not restored from the printer hard disk or memory Format Flash Format the flash memory Yes Warning Potential Damage Do not turn off the printer while the flash memory is No being formatted Notes e Yes deletes all data stored in flash memory e No cancels the format request e Flash memory refers to the memory added by installing a flash memory card in the printer The f
87. NA Gateway YYY YYY YYY YYY Serial x menu 166 To Enable bidirectional communication through the parallel port Notes Onis the factory default setting e Off disables parallel port negotiation Specify the parallel port protocol Notes Fastbytes is the factory default setting It provides compatibility with most existing parallel ports and is the recommended setting e Standard tries to resolve parallel port communication problems Determine if the printer honors printer hardware initialization requests from the computer Notes Off is the factory default setting The computer requests initialization by activating the Init signal from the parallel port Many personal computers activate the Init signal each time the computer is turned on Determine if the parallel port data is sampled on the leading or trailing edge of a strobe Note On is the factory default setting Set the printer to process Macintosh binary PostScript print jobs Notes e Auto is the factory default setting e Off filters print jobs using the standard protocol On processes raw binary PostScript print jobs Set the network address information for an external print server Note This menu item is available only if the printer is attached to an external print server through the USB port Set the netmask information for an external print server Note This menu item is available only if the printer is attached to an exter
88. Otherwise the printer does not receive faxes even if you have set it to receive faxes automatically e If you have only one telephone number on your line then you need to set the printer to receive faxes manually Auto Answer Off When you answer the telephone and you hear fax tones press 9 or the manual answer code on the telephone to receive the fax e You can also set the printer to receive faxes automatically Auto Answer On but you need to turn off the voice mail service when you are expecting a fax This setting works best if you are using voice mail more often than fax Faxing 119 Scenario 2 Digital Subscriber Line DSL gt a gt A Digital Subscriber Line splits your regular telephone line into two channels voice and Internet Telephone and fax signals travel through the voice channel and Internet signals pass through the other channel This way you can use the same line for analog voice calls including faxes and digital Internet access To minimize interference between the two channels and ensure a quality connection you need to install a DSL filter for the analog devices fax machine telephone answering machine in your network Interference causes noise and static on the telephone failed and poor quality faxes for the printer and slow Internet connection on your computer To insta
89. Print Timeout Disabled Set the printer to Hibernate Timeout even when there is an active Ethernet connection Note Hibernate is the factory default setting Set the amount of time in seconds the printer waits before returning to Ready state Note 30 is the factory default setting Set the printer to continue a specified job without returning to the home screen when the screen timeout timer expires Note Off is the factory default setting Set the amount of time in seconds the printer waits to receive an end of job message before canceling the rest of the print job Notes 1 255 e 90 is the factory default setting e When the timer expires any partially printed page still in the printer is printed and then the printer checks to see if any new print jobs are waiting Print Timeout is available only when using PCL emulation This has no effect on PostScript emulation print jobs Timeouts Set the amount of time in seconds the printer waits for more data Wait Timeout before canceling a print job Disabled Notes 15 65535 40 is the factory default setting e Wait Timeout is available only when the printer is using PostScript emulation This has no effect on PCL emulation print jobs Understanding the printer menus Use Timeouts Job Hold Timeout 5 255 Error Recovery Auto Reboot Reboot when idle Reboot always Reboot never 183 To Set the amount of time the printer waits for user intervent
90. SP from another printer may not work on this printer Troubleshooting Action Step 2 Check the cable and the ISP connection a Use the correct cable and then make sure it is securely connected to the ISP b Check if the ISP solution interface cable is securely connected into the receptacle of the controller board Note The ISP solution interface cable and the receptacle on the controller board are color coded Does the Internal Solutions Port operate correctly XR Yes The problem is solved 285 No Contact technical support Nia Tray problems a Turn off the printer then wait about 10 seconds and then turn the printer back on b Resend the print job Is the tray working Step 3 Check if the tray is installed and recognized by the printer Print a menu settings page and then check if the tray is listed in the Installed Features list Is the tray listed in the menu settings page Go to step 4 Action Yes No Step 1 The problem is solved Go to step 2 a Pull out the tray and then do one or more of the following e Check for paper jams or misfeeds e Check if the paper size indicators on the paper guides are aligned with the paper size indicators on the tray If you are printing on custom size paper then make sure that the paper guides rest against the edges of the paper e Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper fill indicator e Make sure pape
91. Shadow Detail Sharpness and Temperature settings before you fax the document Custom Job This combines multiple scanning jobs into a single job Edge Erase This removes smudges or marks around the edges of a document You can choose to remove an equal area around all four sides of the paper or pick a particular edge Edge Erase erases whatever is within the area selected leaving nothing on that portion of the scan Transmission Log This prints the transmission log or transmission error log Multifeed Sensor This detects when the ADF picks more than one sheet of paper at a time and then shows an error message Note This option is supported only in select printer models Scanning 137 Scanning Using Scan to Network Scan to Network lets you scan your documents to network destinations specified by your system support person After the destinations shared network folders have been established on the network the setup process for the application involves installing and configuring the application on the appropriate printer using its Embedded Web Server For more information see Setting up Scan to Network on page 25 Scanning to an FTP address Automatic document feeder ADF Scanner glass Use the ADF for multiple page documents including Use the scanner glass for single page documents book pages small two sided pages items such as postcards or photos transparencies photo paper or thin media such as
92. Shadow images appear on prints Leading edge BS ABCD ABCD Trailing edge 308 Action Yes No Step 1 Go to step 2 Load paper with the Load paper with the correct paper type and weight in the tray correct paper type and weight in the tray Is paper with the correct paper type and weight loaded in the tray Step 2 Go to step 3 Change the paper From the printer control panel set the paper type and weight in the Paper menu to match the paper loaded in the tray Is the tray set to the type and weight of the paper loaded loaded in the tray to match the paper type and weight specified in the tray settings Step 3 a Depending on your operating system specify the paper type and weight from Printing Preferences or from the Print dialog b Resend the print job Do shadow images still appear on prints Step 4 Replace the imaging unit and then resend the print job Do shadow images still appear on prints XR Go to step 4 Contact technical support The problem is solved The problem is solved Skewed print Troubleshooting 309 Action Yes No Step 1 Go to step 2 The problem is solved a Move the width and length guides in the tray to the correct positions for the size of the paper loaded b Resend the print job Is the print still skewed Step 2 Contact technical The problem is solved a Check if you are printing on a paper that is supported by the tray
93. Sides Duplex 1 sided 2 sided Specify whether prints are on one side or on both sides of the page Note 1 sided is the factory default setting Duplex Binding Long Edge Short Edge Paper Saver Orientation Auto Landscape Portrait Define binding for duplexed pages in relation to page orientation Notes Long Edge sets binding along the long edge of the page left edge for portrait and top edge for landscape This is the factory default setting Short Edge sets binding along the short edge of the page top edge for portrait and left edge for landscape Specify the orientation of a multiple page document Notes Auto is the factory default setting This setting affects jobs if the value of the Paper Saver setting in the same menu is not set to Off Understanding the printer menus 210 Paper Saver Off 2 Up 3 Up 4 Up 6 Up 9 Up 12 Up 16 Up Specify that multiple pages are printed on one side of a sheet Notes e Off is the factory default setting e The number selected is the number of pages that will print per side Paper Saver Border None Solid Print a border on each page image Note None is the factory default setting Paper Saver Ordering Horizontal Reverse Horizontal Reverse Vertical Print multiple page images on one side of a paper Notes e Horizontal is the factory default setting Between Copies Between Jobs Between Pages Vertical e Positioning
94. Suen Go to step 2 Troubleshooting 323 Action Yes No Step 2 The problem is solved Go to step 3 Decrease the incoming fax transmission speed a Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e If you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly Print a network setup page or menu settings page and then locate the IP address in the TCP IP section b Click Settings gt Fax Settings gt Analog Fax Setup c Inthe Max Speed menu click one of the following e 2400 e 4800 e 9600 e 14400 e 33600 d Click Submit and then resend the fax Is the fax print quality satisfactory Step 3 The problem is solved Contact technical Replace the toner cartridge support When Cartridge low 88 xy appears replace the cartridge and then resend the fax Is the fax print quality satisfactory Solving scanner problems e Cannot scan from a computer on page 324 e Partial document or photo scans on page 324 e Poor scanned image quality on page 324 e Scan job was not successful on page 325 e Scanner unit does not close on page 326 e Scanning takes too long or freezes the computer on page 326 e The scanner does not respond on
95. Web Server 245 checking virtual display using the Embedded Web Server 245 cleaning exterior of the printer 232 scanner glass 233 cleaning the printer 232 Close door or insert cartridge 265 Close flatbed cover and load originals if restarting job 2yy xx 265 Close front door 266 Close top access cover 266 collate copy options 103 collating copies 99 Complex page some data may not have printed 39 266 compressed images appear on prints 297 confidential data information on securing 231 confidential jobs modifying print settings 90 confidential print jobs 89 printing from a Macintosh computer 90 printing from Windows 90 Confidential Print menu 172 Configuration change some held jobs were not restored 57 266 configuration information wireless network 52 Configure MP menu 145 Index configuring supply notifications imaging unit 246 supply notifications maintenance kit 246 supply notifications toner cartridge 246 configuring e mail settings 106 configuring port settings 54 configuring supply notifications 246 connecting printer to distinctive ring service 127 connecting to a wireless network using PIN Personal Identification Number method 53 using Push Button Configuration method 53 using the Embedded Web Server 54 using wireless setup wizard 53 conservation settings brightness adjusting 226 Eco Mode 224 Quiet Mode 224 Sleep mode 225 contacting technical support 329 content e mail settings 111 content so
96. actory default setting Separator Sheet Source Tray x Multipurpose Feeder Specify the paper source for the separator sheet Note Tray 1 is the factory default setting Darkness 1 9 Number of Copies 1 999 Specify the level of darkness for the copy job Note 5 is the factory default setting Specify the number of copies for the copy job Note 1 is the factory default setting 187 Understanding the printer menus Use Header Footer Location Off Date Time Page number Custom text Print on All pages First page only All but first page Custom text Overlay Confidential Copy Draft Urgent Custom Off Custom Overlay To Specify the header or footer information and its location on the page For the location select from the following options e Top left e Top middle e Top right Bottom left Bottom middle Bottom right Notes e Off is the factory default setting for the location e All pages is the factory default setting for Print on Specify the overlay text printed on each page of the copy job Note Off is the factory default setting Specify the custom overlay text Note A maximum of 64 characters is allowed Allow priority copies On Off Allow interruption of a print job to copy a page or document Note On is the factory default setting Custom Job scanning On Off Allow Save as Shortcut On Off Background Removal 4 to 4 C
97. and cancel the scan job Scanner automatic feeder cover open Close the ADF cover Scanner disabled by admin 840 01 Print without the scanner or contact your system support person Troubleshooting 278 Scanner disabled Contact system administrator if problem persists 840 02 Try one or more of the following Touch Continue with scanner disabled to return to the home screen and then contact your system support person e Touch Reboot and automatically enable scanner to cancel the job Note This attempts to enable the scanner Scanner jam remove all originals from the scanner 2yy xx Remove the jammed paper from the scanner Scanner jam remove jammed originals from the scanner 2yy xx Remove the jammed paper from the scanner Scanner maintenance required soon use ADF Kit 80 Contact technical support or your Dell printer dealer and then report the message The printer is scheduled for maintenance Serial option x error 54 Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to continue printing Check that the serial cable is properly connected and is the correct one for the serial port e Check that the serial interface parameters protocol baud parity and data bits are set correctly on the printer and computer e Turn off the printer and then turn it back on Serial port x disabled 56 Try one or more of the following From the printer control p
98. anel touch Continue to clear the message The printer discards any data received through the specified serial port e Make sure Serial Buffer is not set to Disabled e From the printer control panel set Serial Buffer to Auto in the Serial x menu Some held jobs were not restored From the printer control panel touch Continue to delete the indicated job Note Held jobs that are not restored remain in the printer hard disk and are inaccessible Troubleshooting 279 Standard network software error 54 Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to continue printing Turn off the printer and then turn it back on Update the network firmware in the printer or print server For more information contact technical support or your Dell printer dealer Standard USB port disabled 56 Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message Enable the USB port From the printer control panel navigate to Network Ports gt USB Buffer gt Auto Note The printer discards any data received through the USB port Supply needed to complete job Do either of the following Install the missing supply to complete the job e Cancel the current job Too many disks installed 58 1 Turn off the printer 2 Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet 3 Remove the extra printer hard disks 4 Connect the power cord to a properly g
99. aper behaves as it moves through the printer Brightness and texture look and feel Recycled papers are better than ever however the amount of recycled content in a paper affects the degree of control over foreign matter And while recycled papers are one good path to printing in an environmentally responsible manner they are not perfect The energy required to de ink and deal with additives such as colorants and glue often generates more carbon emissions than does normal paper production However using recycled papers enables better resource management overall We concern ourselves with the responsible use of paper in general based on life cycle assessments of its products To gain a better understanding of the impact of printers on the environment the company commissioned a number of life cycle assessments and found that paper was identified as the primary contributor up to 80 of carbon emissions caused throughout the entire life of a device from design to end of life This is due to the energy intensive manufacturing processes required to make paper Thus we seek to educate customers and partners on minimizing the impact of paper Using recycled paper is one way Eliminating excessive and unnecessary paper consumption is another We are well equipped to help customers minimize printing and copying waste In addition the company encourages purchasing paper from suppliers who demonstrate their commitment to sustainable forestry p
100. apter is installed To access the menu navigate to either of the following e Network Ports gt Standard Network gt Standard Network Setup gt AppleTalk e Network Ports gt Network x gt Network x Setup gt AppleTalk Understanding the printer menus 163 Standard USB menu PCL SmartSwitch On Off PS SmartSwitch On Off NPA Mode On Off Auto Activate Enable or disable AppleTalk support Yes Note Yes is the factory default setting No View Name Show the assigned AppleTalk name Note The AppleTalk name can be changed only from the Embedded Web Server View Address Show the assigned AppleTalk address Note The AppleTalk address can be changed only from the Embedded Web Server Set Zone Provide a list of AppleTalk zones available on the network list of zones available on the network Note The default zone for the network is the factory default setting Set the printer to automatically switch to PCL emulation when a print job received through a USB port requires it regardless of the default printer language Notes e On is the factory default setting e When set to Off the printer does not examine incoming data The printer uses PostScript emulation if the PS SmartSwitch is set to On It uses the default printer language specified in the Setup menu if the PS SmartSwitch is set to Off Set the printer to automatically switch to PS emulation when a print job received through a USB
101. arch for additional recipients touch New Search and then type the name of the next recipient 5 Touch oS gt Send It Scanning to a computer or flash drive Automatic document feeder ADF Scanner glass Use the ADF for multiple page documents including Use the scanner glass for single page documents book pages small two sided pages items such as postcards or photos transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings Scanning 140 The scanner lets you scan documents directly to a computer or a flash drive The computer does not have to be directly connected to the printer for you to receive Scan to PC images You can scan the document back to the computer over the network by creating a scan profile on the computer and then downloading the profile to the printer Scanning to a computer using the Embedded Web Server 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly Click Scan Profile gt Create Scan Profile Select your scan settings and then click Next Select a location on your computer where you want to save the scan image u A U N Type a scan name and then a user name Note The scan name is the name th
102. ard Stock Loading Determine and set two sided printing for all print jobs with Card Stock Duplex as the paper type Off Recycled Loading Determine and set two sided printing for all print jobs with Recycled Duplex as the paper type Off Labels Loading Determine and set two sided printing for all print jobs with Labels as Duplex the paper type Off Vinyl Labels Loading Determine and set two sided printing for all print jobs with Vinyl Duplex Labels as the paper type Off Bond Loading Determine and set two sided printing for all print jobs with Bond as Duplex the paper type Off Letterhead Loading Determine and set two sided printing for all print jobs with Letterhead Duplex as the paper type Off Preprinted Loading Determine and set two sided printing for all print jobs with Preprinted Duplex as the paper type Off Colored Loading Determine and set two sided printing for all print jobs with Colored Duplex as the paper type Off Light Loading Determine and set two sided printing for all print jobs with Light as Duplex the paper type Off Heavy Loading Determine and set two sided printing for all print jobs with Heavy as Duplex the paper type Off Rough Cotton Loading Determine and set two sided printing for all print jobs with Rough or Duplex Cotton as the paper type Off Notes e Off is the factory default setting for all Paper Loading menu selections e Duplex sets the printer default to two sided printing for every print job unless one
103. ardous radiation exposure This product uses a printing process that heats the print media and the heat may cause the media to release emissions You must understand the section in your operating instructions that discusses the guidelines for selecting print media to avoid the possibility of harmful emissions A CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY The lithium battery in this product is not intended to be replaced There is a danger of explosion if a lithium battery is incorrectly replaced Do not recharge disassemble or incinerate a lithium battery Discard used lithium batteries according to the manufacturer s instructions and local regulations CAUTION HOT SURFACE The inside of the printer might be hot To reduce the risk of injury from a hot component allow the surface to cool before touching A CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY The printer weight is greater than 18 kg 40 Ib and requires two or more trained personnel to lift it safely CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY Before moving the printer follow these guidelines to avoid personal injury or printer damage Turn the printer off using the power switch and then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet e Disconnect all cords and cables from the printer before moving it e ifan optional tray is installed then remove it from the printer To remove the optional tray slide the latch on the right side of the tray toward the front of the tray until it clicks into place e Use the handholds
104. arencies in batches of only up to 20 to prevent them from sticking together For more information see Tips on using transparencies on page 79 Printing 85 Printing Printing forms and a document Printing forms Use the Forms and Favorites application to quickly and easily access frequently used forms or other information that is regularly printed Before you can use this application first set it up on the printer For more information see Setting up Forms and Favorites on page 23 1 From the printer home screen navigate to Forms and Favorites gt select the form from the list gt enter the number of copies gt adjust other settings 2 Depending on your printer model touch eS ZS or Submit Printing a document 1 From the Paper menu on the printer control panel set the paper type and size to match the paper loaded 2 Send the print job For Windows users a With a document open click File gt Print b Click Properties Preferences Options or Setup c Adjust the settings if necessary d Click OK gt Print For Macintosh users a Customize the settings in the Page Setup dialog 1 With a document open choose File gt Page Setup 2 Choose a paper size or create a custom size to match the paper loaded 3 Click OK b Customize the settings in the Print dialog 1 With a document open choose File gt Print If necessary click the disclosure triangle to see more options 2 From the Print dialog an
105. at appears in the Scan Profile list on the display 6 Click Submit Note Clicking Submit automatically assigns a shortcut number You can use this shortcut number when you are ready to scan your documents 7 Review the instructions on the Scan Profile screen a Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly b If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides c Do either of the following Press and then enter the shortcut number using the keypad From the home screen navigate to Held Jobs gt Profiles gt select your shortcut on the list Note The scanner scans and sends the document to the directory you specified 8 View the file from the computer Note The output file is saved in the location or launched in the program you specified Setting up Scan to Computer Notes e This feature is supported only in Windows Vista or later e Make sure your computer and printer are connected to the same network Scanning 141 1 Open the printers folder and then select your printer Note If your printer is not in the list then add your printer 2 Open the printer properties and then adj
106. ated with one file for each page of the job Notes Onis the factory default setting This menu setting applies to all scan functions Transmission Log Print log Do not print log Print only for error Specify whether the transmission log prints Note Print log is the factory default setting Log Paper Source Tray x Multipurpose Feeder Specify a paper source when printing FTP logs Note Tray 1 is the factory default setting Log Output Bin Standard Bin Bin x FTP bit Depth 1 bit 8 bit File Name Specify the bin for FTP logs Notes Standard Bin is the factory default setting e Bin x only appears when at least one optional bin is installed Enable the Text Photo mode to have smaller file sizes by using 1 bit images when Color is set to Off Note 8 bit is the factory default setting Enter a base file name Note The limitation is 53 characters Custom Job Scanning On Off Copy a document that contains mixed paper sizes into a single scan job Notes e Off is the factory default setting e This menu item appears only when a formatted working printer hard disk is installed Scan Preview On Off Specify whether a preview will appear on the display for scan jobs Notes e Off is the factory default setting e This menu item appears only when a formatted working printer hard disk is ee installed Understanding the printer m
107. ations 24 Quickly and easily copy insurance identification and other wallet size cards You can scan and print both sides of a card ona single page saving paper and showing the information on the card in a more convenient manner 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Note View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 2 Click Settings gt Apps gt Apps Management gt Card Copy 3 Change the default scanning options if necessary Default tray Select the default tray to be used for printing scan images Default number of copies Specify the number of copies that should automatically print when the application is used Default contrast setting Specify a setting to increase or decrease the level of contrast when a copy of the scanned card is printed Select Best for Content if you want the printer to adjust the contrast automatically Default scale setting Set the size of the scanned card when printed The default setting is 100 full size Resolution setting Adjust the quality of the scanned card Notes When scanning a card make sure the scan resolution is not more than 200 dpi for color and 400 dpi for black and white When scanning multiple cards make sure the scan resolution is not more than 150 dpi for color and 300 dpi for black and whi
108. atus Messenger application to view error messages requiring your intervention on your printer When there is an error a bubble appears telling you what the error is and points you to the appropriate recovery information If you installed Status Messenger with your printer software then the application launches automatically when the software installation is completed The installation is successful if you see the Status Messenger icon in the system tray Notes e This feature is available only in Windows XP or later e Make sure bidirectional communication support is in place so the printer and the computer can communicate Disabling Status Messenger 1 From the system tray right click the Status Messenger icon 2 Select Exit Enabling Status Messenger 1 Use the Search command on the Start menu to locate Status Messenger 2 Open the application Accessing Status Monitor Center Use this application to view the status of any USB or network connected printer and to order supplies online Note Make sure bidirectional communication support is in place so the printer and the computer can communicate 1 Use the Search command on the Start menu to locate Status Monitor Center 2 Open the application Checking the virtual display 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated b
109. ay or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt enter the number of copies gt Collate gt select the preferred order of pages gt ZS gt Copy It Placing separator sheets between copies 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides Copying 100 3 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt Advanced Options gt Separator Sheets Note Set Collate to 1 2 3 1 2 3 to place separator sheets between copies If Collate is set to 1 1 1 2 2 2 then the separator sheets are added to the end of the copy job For more information see Collating copies on page 99 4 Select one of the following Between Copies Between Jobs Between Pages e Off
110. ays x page jam open tray x 24x _ Pull out the indicated tray and then remove the jammed paper 4 Duplex area x page jam remove tray 1 to clear Pull out tray 1 completely then push the front duplex duplex 235 239 flap down and then remove the jammed paper 5 Multipurpose feeder x page jam clear manual Remove all paper from the multipurpose feeder and feeder 250 then remove the jammed paper 6 Inside the printer x page jam lift front cover to Open the front cover and the multipurpose feeder remove cartridge 200 201 then remove the toner cartridge and the imaging unit and then remove the jammed paper 7 Standard bin x page jam remove standard bin Remove all paper from the standard bin and then jam 203 remove the jammed paper 8 Automatic document x page jam open automatic Remove all paper from the ADF tray and then remove feeder ADF feeder top cover 28y xx the jammed paper A Clearing jams 251 x page jam lift front cover to remove cartridge 200 201 A CAUTION HOT SURFACE The inside of the printer might be hot To reduce the risk of injury from a hot component allow the surface to cool before touching 1 Lift the front cover and then pull down the multipurpose feeder door 2 Lift the blue handle and then pull out the toner cartridge from the printer 3 Place the toner cartridge aside Clearing jams 252 4 Lift the blue handle and
111. can documents directly to a File Transfer Protocol FTP server For more information see Scanning to an FTP address on page 138 q Scan to Network Scan a document and then send it to a network shared folder For more information see Setting up Scan to Network on page 25 ee nn Nooo Setting up and using the home screen applications 23 Activating the home screen applications Finding information about the home screen applications Your printer comes with preinstalled home screen applications Before you can use these applications you must first activate and set up these applications using the Embedded Web Server For more information on accessing the Embedded Web Server see Accessing the Embedded Web Server on page 21 For detailed information on configuring and using the home screen applications visit the Dell support Web site at www dell com support printers Setting up Forms and Favorites Note A later version of this User s Guide may contain a direct link to the Administrator s Guide of this application To check for updates of this User s Guide go to www dell com support manuals Use To Streamline work processes by letting you quickly find and print frequently used online forms directly from the printer home screen 7 Note The printer must have permission to access the network folder FTP site or Web site where the bookmark is stored From the computer where the bookmark is
112. cedown for one sided printing Note Make sure paper or envelope is loaded properly One sided printing Two sided duplex printing Loading paper and specialty media 61 e Do not slide the paper into the tray Load paper as shown in the illustration e If you are loading envelopes then make sure that the flap side is facing up and the envelopes are on the left side of the tray Loading paper and specialty media e Make sure the paper is below the solid line which is the maximum paper fill indicator Warning Potential Damage Overfilling the tray can cause paper jams 62 Loading paper and specialty media 63 e When using card stock labels or other types of specialty media make sure the paper is below the dashed line which is the alternate paper fill indicator 6 For custom or Universal size paper adjust the paper guides to lightly touch the sides of the stack and then lock the length guide Loading paper and specialty media 64 7 Insert the tray 8 From the printer control panel set the paper size and paper type in the Paper menu to match the paper loaded in the tray Note Set the correct paper size and type to avoid paper jams and print quality problems Loading the 2100 sheet tray CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY To reduce the risk of equipment instability load each tray separately Keep all other trays closed until needed 1 Pull out the tray completely 2 Adjust the width and len
113. ch as answering machines computers with modems or telephone line splitters between the printer and the telephone line and then try sending or receiving a fax Can you send or receive a fax Yes The problem is solved 320 No Go to step 9 Step 9 a Temporarily disable call waiting Contact your telephone company to obtain the keypad sequence for temporarily disabling call waiting b Try sending or receiving a fax Can you send or receive a fax Step 10 a Temporarily disable voice mail service For more information contact your telephone company Note If you want to use both voice mail and the printer then consider adding a second telephone line for the printer b Try sending or receiving a fax Can you send or receive a fax The problem is solved The problem is solved Go to step 10 Go to step 11 Step 11 The problem is solved Contact technical Scan the original document one page at a time support a Dial the fax number b Scan the document one page at a time Can you send or receive a fax ka A Can receive but not send faxes Action Yes No Step 1 The problem is solved Go to step 2 Check if the printer is in Fax mode From the home screen touch Fax to put the printer in Fax mode and then send the fax Note The Multi Send application does not support the XPS output type To use XPS use the regular faxing method Can you send faxes Mi
114. check boxes to specify which icons appear on the home screen Note If you clear a check box beside an icon then the icon does not appear on the home screen c Click Submit e Customize the icon for an application For more information see Finding information about the home screen applications on page 23 or see the documentation that came with the application Understanding the different applications Use ae Card Copy Scan and print both sides of a card on a single page For more information see Setting up Card Copy on page 23 Fax Scan a document and then send it to a fax number For more information see Faxing on page 113 Forms and Favorites Quickly find and print frequently used online forms directly from the printer home screen For more information see Setting up Forms and Favorites on page 23 7 Multi Send Scan a document and then send it to multiple destinations For more information see Setting up Multi Send on page 25 MyShortcut Create shortcuts directly on the printer home screen For more information see Using MyShortcut on page 24 Scan to E mail Scan a document and then send it to an e mail address For more information see E mailing on page 106 Scan to Computer Scan a document and then save it to a predefined folder on a host computer For more information see Setting up Scan to Computer on page 140 u Scan to FTP S
115. cscessiviease chanel eaa o EE aa eee Sal A E aAA a ira 137 Scanning to a computer or flash Arive cccscccsscccccceceececsesesesesnsneceseececeeceeeeeesseseauausueaeaeeeeeeeseesaeesess 139 Understanding the Scan Options isinne a E E EA 141 Understanding the printer MenUS ssssssssssosessssesseossossseesecssosssesossssssee LAG MeO nUS iS ticccessicces pascaredes cab pec a ogee lelWsedckealbeaseandetascigaaieaancels sgbsacagtedestetaddanes thuasaes eai 144 Paper Nenien E A E ddd EEE dat oresd vaca ds E tea ada Seed tes ce naa weet eet dee 145 Repon S MENU se secs wears EEEa ONT E Fea aca cus ncas ec EEEN SO T E A T E 156 Network Ports MeMnU cssccececeescnnscb Soe tches Cedsecbanenelchan a aa a a a E a a a iadaa 157 IOCS TEU a ETE AE EEE AAE E E aated 170 SEttINES MENU AIA A eee Wea ail E T T E TEAT 175 HON aE E AEE ATA E E TTT 222 Saving money and the environment ssssssssessssosesssosecsecssosecosseessessssee 223 SAVINE paper ANG TOMEK T T aaa a a a aa a a aiia aai ie 223 Using recycled papet vics codccasegecsisdesSoessecodeszctinccbecatseeedaadesedcawd cabecvesteddsceinagevacadeaceaseceticdauatsnsduedesuccdsnesssidelencedes 223 Conserving Supplies 2 s8 none a CA ee aan eS AT 223 SAVING CNS A ae cevvets 5 cece E E E E E E E studs E E E 224 VEDATS A E E E E E ET 224 Reducing printer NO SE E aa r anid ke tie Ea a ee ee 224 Adjusting Sleep mode s c css scctccceacce cect sodecdeeve cdscovastdeteclincaceucdhacdesudscqaca at
116. ct paper size open paper source 34 268 Insert Tray x 269 Install duplex 269 Install Tray x 269 Insufficient memory for Flash Memory Defragment operation 37 269 Insufficient memory to collate job 37 270 Insufficient memory to support Resource Save feature 35 270 Insufficient memory some Held Jobs were deleted 37 270 Insufficient memory some held jobs will not be restored 37 270 Load paper source with custom string paper orientation 270 Load paper source with custom type name paper orientation 270 Load paper source with paper size paper orientation 271 Load paper source with paper type paper size paper orientation 271 Load Manual Feeder with custom string paper orientation 271 Load Manual Feeder with custom type name paper orientation 271 Load Manual Feeder with paper size paper orientation 272 Load manual feeder with paper type paper size paper orientation 272 Maintenance kit low 80 xy 272 Maintenance kit nearly low 80 xy 272 Maintenance kit very low x estimated pages remain 80 xy 272 managing 245 Memory full 38 272 Memory full cannot print faxes 272 Memory full cannot send faxes 273 Network x software error 54 273 Index No analog phone line connected to modem fax is disabled 273 Non Dell supply type see User s Guide 33 xy 273 Not enough free space in flash memory for resources 52 273 Paper changes n
117. ction Yes No Step 1 The problem is solved Go to step 2 a Move the width and length guides in the tray to the correct positions for the paper size loaded b Resend the print job Are the margins correct Step 2 Go to step 3 Do one or more of the From the printer control panel set the paper size in the Paper menu to following match the paper loaded in the tray e Specify the paper size from the tray Does the paper size match the paper loaded in the tray settings to match the paper loaded in the tray Change the paper loaded in the tray to match the paper size specified in the tray settings Step 3 The problem is solved Contact technical a Depending on your operating system specify the paper size from support Printing Preferences or from the Print dialog b Resend the print job Are the margins correct Mc Troubleshooting 301 Paper curl Action Yes No Step 1 Go to step 2 Adjust the width and Move the width and length guides in the tray to the correct positions for length guides the size of the paper loaded Are the width and length guides positioned correctly Step 2 Go to step 3 Specify the paper type From the printer control panel set the paper type and weight in the Paper and weight from the menu to match the paper loaded in the tray tray settings to match the paper loaded in the Do the paper type and weight match the type and weight of the paper in tray the tray
118. ctively sending or receiving a fax Faxing 114 Initial fax setup Many countries and regions require outgoing faxes to contain the following information in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission fax name identification of the business other entity or individual sending the message and fax number telephone number of the sending fax machine business other entity or individual To enter your fax setup information use the printer control panel or use your browser to access the Embedded Web Server and then enter the Settings menu Note If you do not have a TCP IP environment then you must use the printer control panel to enter your fax setup information Using the printer control panel for fax setup When the printer is turned on for the first time a series of start up screens appear If the printer has fax capabilities then the Fax Name and Fax Number screens appear 1 When the Fax Name screen appears do the following a Enter the name to be printed on all outgoing faxes b Enter the fax name and then touch Submit 2 When the Fax Number screen appears enter the fax number and then touch Submit Using the Embedded Web Server for fax setup 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as
119. d and then the controller board access cover Installing an optional card A CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD If you are accessing the controller board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer then turn the printer off and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing If you have other devices attached to the printer then turn them off as well and unplug any cables going into the printer Additional printer setup 34 Warning Potential Damage Controller board electronic components are easily damaged by static electricity Touch a metal surface on the printer before touching any controller board electronic components or connectors 1 Access the controller board For more information see Accessing the controller board on page 28 2 Unpack the optional card Warning Potential Damage Avoid touching the connection points along the edge of the card 3 Holding the card by its sides align the plastic pins 1 on the card with the holes 2 on the controller board 1 2 4 Push the card firmly into place as shown in the illustration Additional printer setup 35 Warning Potential Damage Improper installation of the card may cause damage to the card and the controller board Note The entire length of the connector on the card must touch and be flushed against the controller board 5 Close the controller board access door Note When the printer softwar
120. d Network gt Standard Network Setup gt Network Card e Network Ports gt Network x gt Network x Setup gt Network Card View the connection status of the wireless network adapter View Card Status Connected Disconnected View the speed of an active wireless network adapter View Card Speed Network Address View the network addresses UAA LAA Understanding the printer menus 160 Job Timeout Set the amount of time it takes for a network print job to be canceled 0 10 225 seconds Notes e 90 seconds is the factory default setting e A setting value of 0 disables the timeout e fa value between 1 and 9 is selected then Invalid appears on the display and the value is not saved Banner Page Allow the printer to print a banner page Off On Note Off is the factory default setting TCP IP menu To access the menu navigate to either of the following e Network Ports gt Standard Network gt Standard Network Setup gt TCP IP e Network Ports gt Network x gt Network x Setup gt TCP IP Note This menu is available only in network printers or printers attached to print servers Use To Set Hostname Set the current TCP IP host name Note This can be changed only from the Embedded Web Server IP Address View or change the current TCP IP address Note Manually setting the IP address sets the Enable DHCP and E
121. d in your printer requires a power source to retain information To erase the buffered data simply turn off the printer Securing the printer 229 Erasing non volatile memory Erase individual settings device and network settings security settings and embedded solutions by following these steps 1 Turn off the printer 2 Hold down 2 and 6 while turning the printer on Release the buttons only when the screen with the progress bar appears The printer performs a power on sequence and then the Configuration menu appears When the printer is fully turned on a list of functions appears on the printer display instead of the standard home screen icons 3 Touch Wipe All Settings The printer restarts several times during this process Note Wipe All Settings securely removes device settings solutions jobs and passwords from the printer memory 4 Touch Back gt Exit Config Menu The printer will perform a power on reset and then return to normal operating mode Erasing printer hard disk memory Notes Some printer models may not have a printer hard disk installed e Configuring Erase Temporary Data Files in the printer menus lets you remove residual confidential material left by print jobs by securely overwriting files that have been marked for deletion Using the printer control panel 1 Turn off the printer 2 Hold down 2 and 6 while turning the printer on Release the buttons only when the screen with the progres
122. d pop up menus adjust the settings if necessary Note To print on a specific paper type adjust the paper type setting to match the paper loaded or select the appropriate tray or feeder 3 Click Print Adjusting toner darkness 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Printing 86 Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt Print Settings gt Quality Menu gt Toner Darkness 3 Adjust the toner darkness and then click Submit Using the printer control panel 1 From the home screen navigate to gt Settings gt Print Settings gt Quality Menu gt Toner Darkness 2 Adjust the setting and then touch Submit Printing from a flash drive Printing from a flash drive Notes Before printing an encrypted PDF file you will be prompted to type the file password from the printer control panel e You cannot print files for which you do not have printing permissions 1 Insert a flash drive into the USB port Notes e A flash drive icon appears on the printer home screen when a flash drive is inserted Printing 87 e If you insert the flash drive when the printer requires attention such as when a jam has occur
123. d then plug the printer and telephone into the splitter e Make sure you use a phone splitter not a line splitter To make sure that you are using the correct splitter plug an analog telephone into the splitter and then listen for a dial tone Setup 2 Printer is connected to a wall jack cable modem is installed elsewhere in the facility LINE 1 Connect one end of the telephone cable that came with your printer to the port of the printer 2 Connect the other end of the telephone cable to an active analog telephone wall jack 3 Connect your analog telephone to the port of the printer Faxing 123 Scenario 5 Countries or regions with different telephone wall jacks and plugs Some countries or regions may have different types of telephone wall jack connectors than those that came with the printer The standard wall jack adopted by most countries or regions is RJ 11 Your printer comes with the RJ 11 jack and a telephone cable with the RJ 11 plug If the wall jack or equipment in your facility is not compatible with this type of connection then you need to use a telephone adapter An adapter for your country or region may not come with your printer and you may need to purchase it separately f There may be an adapter plug installed in the port of the printer If you are using a telephone adapter or a facility that has a cascaded or serial wiring scheme then do not remove the adapter plug from the port of the printe
124. derstanding the printer menus Use Job Accounting Log Off On 215 OO Determine and set if the printer creates a log of the print jobs it receives Note Off is the factory default setting Job Accounting Utilities Print and delete log files or export them to a flash drive Accounting Log Frequency Weekly Monthly Log Action at End of Frequency None E mail Current Log E mail amp Delete Current Log Post Current Log Post amp Delete Current Log Disk Near Full Level Off 1 99 Disk Near Full Action None E mail Current Log E mail amp Delete Current Log E mail amp Delete Oldest Log Post Current Log Post amp Delete Current Log Post amp Delete Oldest Log Delete Current Log Delete Oldest Log Delete All Logs Delete All But Current Determine and set how often a log file is created Note Monthly is the factory default setting Determine and set how the printer responds when the frequency threshold expires Note None is the factory default setting Specify the maximum size of the log file before the printer executes the Disk Near Full Action Note 5 is the factory default setting Determine and set how the printer responds when the printer hard disk is nearly full Notes None is the factory default setting e The value defined in Disk Near Full Level determines when this action is triggered Disk Full Action None E mail amp Delete Current Log E mail amp Delete Oldest
125. displayed from the Held Jobs area Note Yes is the factory default setting Allow Background Removal On Off Allow Custom Job Scans On Off Scanner Jam Recovery Job level Page level Specify whether image background removal is allowed in copy fax e mail FTP or scan to USB jobs Note On is the factory default setting The background of the image is removed Scan multiple jobs to one file Note On is the factory default setting If On is selected then the Allow Custom Job Scans setting can be enabled for specific jobs Specify how a scanned job should be reloaded if a paper jam occurs in the ADF Notes e Job level is the factory default setting If selected then the entire job must be rescanned if any pages jam e f Page level is selected then rescan from the jammed page forward Web Page Refresh Rate 30 300 Specify the number of seconds between Embedded Web Server refreshes Note 120 is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Use Contact Name 181 To Specify a contact name for the printer Note The contact name is stored on the Embedded Web Server Location Specify the location of the printer Note The location is stored on the Embedded Web Server Alarms Set an alarm to sound when the printer requires user intervention Alarm Control Cartridge Alarm For each alarm type select from the following options off Single Continuous Notes
126. ds and then turn the printer back on 6 To verify if your printer is connected to the network print a network setup page Then in the Network Card x section see if the status is Connected Changing port settings after installing a new network ISP Notes e Ifthe printer has a static IP address then you do not need to make any changes f the computers are configured to use the network name instead of an IP address then you do not need to make any changes e f you are adding a wireless ISP to a printer previously configured for an Ethernet connection then make sure the printer is disconnected from the Ethernet network For Windows users 1 Open the printers folder 2 From the shortcut menu of the printer with the new ISP open the printer properties Additional printer setup 55 3 Configure the port from the list 4 Update the IP address 5 Apply the changes For Macintosh users 1 From System Preferences in the Apple menu navigate to the list of printers and then select gt IP 2 Type the IP address in the address field 3 Apply the changes Setting up serial printing Use serial printing when the computer is far from the printer After installing the serial or communication COM port configure the printer and the computer Note Serial printing reduces print speed 1 Set the parameters in the printer a From the control panel navigate to the menu for the port settings b Locate the menu for the seria
127. e Long Edge is the factory default setting This assumes binding along the long edge of the page left edge for portrait and top edge for landscape Short Edge assumes binding along the short edge of the page top edge for portrait and left edge for landscape Copies Specify the default number of copies for each print job 1 999 Note 1 is the factory default setting Blank Pages Specify whether blank pages are inserted in a print job Do Not Print Note Do Not Print is the factory default setting Print Collate Stack the pages of a print job in sequence when printing multiple copies Note 1 2 3 1 2 3 is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Use Separator Sheets Off Between Copies Between Jobs Between Pages 213 To Specify whether blank separator sheets are inserted Notes e Off is the factory default setting Between Copies inserts a blank sheet between each copy of a print job if Collate is set to 1 2 3 1 2 3 If Collate is set to 1 1 1 2 2 2 then a blank page is inserted between each set of printed pages such as after all page 1 s and after all page 2 s Between Jobs inserts a blank sheet between print jobs Between Pages inserts a blank sheet between each page of a print job This setting is useful when printing transparencies or when inserting blank pages in a document Separator Source Tray x Multipurpose Feeder Specify
128. e 300 dpi Ultra Fine 600 dpi Note Standard is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Use Original Size Letter Legal Executive Folio Statement Oficio Mexico Universal Auto Size Sense Mixed Sizes A4 A5 A6 JIS B5 Custom Scan Size x Book Original Business Card 3x5in 4x6in Sides Duplex off Long edge Short edge Content Type Text Graphics Text Photo Photo 191 To Specify the paper size of the original document Note Mixed Sizes is the U S factory default setting A4 is the international factory default setting Specify how the text and graphics are oriented on a page Notes e Offis the factory default setting e Long edge assumes binding along the long edge of the page left edge for portrait and top edge for landscape e Short edge assumes binding along the short edge of the page top edge for portrait and left edge for landscape Specify the content of the original document Note Text is the factory default setting Content Source Black White Laser Color Laser Inkjet Photo Film Magazine Newspaper Press Other Specify how the original document was produced Note Black White Laser is the factory default setting Darkness 1 9 Lighten or darken the output Note 5 is the factory default setting Dial Prefix Enter a dialing prefix such as 99 A numeric entry field is provided Understanding the prin
129. e a new PDF and then print it again If you are printing from the Internet then the printer may be reading multiple job titles as duplicates and deleting all jobs except the first one For Windows users a Open the Print Properties folder b FromthePrintand Hold dialog select the Keep duplicate documents check box c Enter a PIN number For Macintosh users Save each print job name each job differently and then send the individual jobs to the printer Does the job print Step 3 Free up additional printer memory by deleting some of the held jobs Does the job print The problem is solved The problem is solved Go to step 3 Add additional printer memory Troubleshooting Envelope seals when printing Action a Use envelopes that have been stored in a dry environment Note Printing on envelopes with high moisture content can seal the flaps b Resend the print job Does the envelope seal when printing Error message about reading the flash drive appears Action Step 1 Check if the flash drive is inserted into the front USB port Note The flash drive will not work if it is inserted into the rear USB port Is the flash drive inserted into the front USB port Step 2 Check if the indicator light on the printer control panel is blinking green Note A green blinking light indicates that the printer is busy Is the indicator light blinking green Yes Contact technical
130. e an equal area around all four sides of the paper or pick a particular edge Edge Erase will erase whatever is within the area selected leaving nothing on that portion of the scan Transmission Log This prints the transmission log or transmission error log e Multifeed Sensor This detects when the ADF picks more than one sheet of paper at a time and then displays an error message Note This option is supported only in select printer models Faxing 113 Faxing Automatic document feeder ADF Scanner glass Use the ADF for multiple page documents including Use the scanner glass for single page documents book pages small two sided pages items such as postcards or photos transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings Setting up the printer to fax CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD Do not use the fax feature during a lightning storm Do not set up this product or make any electrical or cabling connections such as the fax feature power cord or telephone during a lightning storm Notes e The following connection methods are applicable only in select countries or regions During the initial printer setup clear the fax function check box and any other function you plan to set up later and then press Continue e The indicator light may blink red if the fax function is enabled and not fully set up Warning Potential Damage Do not touch cables or the printer in the area shown while a
131. e and any hardware options are installed it may be necessary to manually add the options in the printer driver to make them available for print jobs For more information see Adding available options in the print driver on page 51 Installing an Internal Solutions Port The controller board supports one optional Internal Solutions Port ISP Note This task requires a flat head screwdriver CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD If you are accessing the controller board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer then turn the printer off and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing If you have any other devices attached to the printer then turn them off as well and unplug any cables going into the printer Warning Potential Damage Controller board electronic components are easily damaged by static electricity Touch a metal surface on the printer first before touching any controller board electronic components or connectors 1 Access the controller board For more information see Accessing the controller board on page 28 2 Ifa printer hard disk is installed then remove the printer hard disk first For more information see Removing a printer hard disk on page 43 3 Unpack the ISP kit Additional printer setup 36 ISP solution Screw for attaching the plastic bracket to the ISP w IN eS Screws for attaching the ISP mountin
132. e number and size of fonts the number and complexity of images and the number of pages in the print job and then resend the job Did the job print Step 3 a Remove held jobs stored in the printer memory b Resend the print job Did the job print Yes The problem is solved The problem is solved The problem is solved No Go to step 2 Go to step 3 Go to step 4 Step 4 a Disable the Page Protect feature From the printer control panel navigate to Settings gt General Settings gt Print Recovery gt Page Protect gt Off b Resend the print job Did the job print Step 5 a Check if the cable connections to the printer and print server are secure For more information see the setup documentation that came with the printer b Resend the print job Did the job print The problem is solved The problem is solved Go to step 5 Go to step 6 Step 6 Install additional printer memory and then resend the print job Did the job print The problem is solved Contact technical support Troubleshooting 294 Printing slows down Notes e When printing using narrow paper the printer prints at a reduced speed to prevent damage to the fuser The printer speed may be reduced when printing for long periods of time or printing at elevated temperatures Action Yes No Step 1 The problem is solved Go to step 2 a Make sure the size of the paper loaded in t
133. e power cord from the electrical outlet Disconnect all cords and cables from the printer before moving it Maintaining the printer 244 e If an optional tray is installed then remove it from the printer To remove the optional tray slide the latch on the right side of the tray toward the front of the tray until it clicks into place e Use the handholds located on both sides of the printer to lift it e Make sure your fingers are not under the printer when you set it down e Before setting up the printer make sure there is adequate clearance around it Use only the power cord provided with this product or the manufacturer s authorized replacement Warning Potential Damage Damage to the printer caused by improper moving is not covered by the printer warranty Moving the printer to another location The printer and its hardware options can be safely moved to another location by following these precautions e Any cart used to move the printer must have a surface able to support the full footprint of the printer e Any cart used to move the hardware options must have a surface able to support the dimensions of the hardware options Keep the printer in an upright position e Avoid severe jarring movements Shipping the printer When shipping the printer use the original packaging or call the place of purchase for a relocation kit Managing the printer 245 Managing the printer Managing printer messages Use the St
134. ed type of paper a Load the specified tray or feeder with a recommended type of paper b Resend the print job Do vertical voids appear on prints Go to step 3 Go to step 4 The problem is solved The problem is solved Troubleshooting Action Step 4 a Redistribute the toner in the imaging unit 1 Remove the toner cartridge and then the imaging unit 2 Firmly shake the imaging unit Warning Potential Damage Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10 minutes Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems 3 Reinstall the imaging unit and then the cartridge b Resend the print job Do vertical voids appear on prints Yes Go to step 5 314 No The problem is solved Step 5 Contact technical The problem is solved Replace the imaging unit and then resend the print job support Do vertical voids appear on prints Solving copy problems e Copier does not respond on page 314 e Partial document or photo copies on page 315 e Poor copy quality on page 315 e Scanner unit does not close on page 317 Copier does not respond Action Yes No Step 1 Clear the error or status Go to step 2 Check if an error or status message appears on the display Does an error or status message appear message Step 2 Check if the power cord is plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical outlet Is the
135. eder ADF Scanner glass Use the scanner glass for single page documents book pages small items such as postcards or photos transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings Use the ADF for multiple page documents including two sided pages Making copies Making a quick copy 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides Note To avoid a cropped image make sure the size of the original document and the size of the copy paper are the same 3 From the printer control panel press el Copying using the ADF 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 Adjust the paper guides Copying 94 3 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt specify the copy settings gt Copy It Copying using the scanner glass 1 Place an or
136. eder that has the correct size of paper then it feeds from that tray or feeder If the printer cannot find a tray or feeder with the correct size of paper then it prints from the default paper source e Cancel the current job Load paper source with paper type paper size paper orientation Try one or more of the following Load the specified tray or feeder with the correct size and type of paper To use the tray or feeder with the correct size and type of paper touch Finished loading paper on the printer control panel Note If the printer finds a tray or feeder that has the correct size and type of paper then it feeds from that tray or feeder If the printer cannot find a tray or feeder with the correct size and type of paper then it prints from the default paper source e Cancel the current job Load Manual Feeder with custom string paper orientation Try one or more of the following Load the feeder with the correct size and type of paper From the printer control panel touch Prompt each page paper loaded or Do not prompt paper loaded to clear the message and continue printing From the printer control panel touch Automatically select paper to use the paper loaded in the tray e Cancel the print job Load Manual Feeder with custom type name paper orientation Try one or more of the following Load the feeder with the correct size and type of paper e From the printer control panel t
137. eed to Ultra Fine best quality at a reduced speed 5 Touch Fax It Making a fax lighter or darker 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to Fax gt enter the fax number gt Options 4 Adjust the fax darkness and then touch Fax It Viewing a fax log 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt Reports 3 Click Fax Job Log or Fax Call Log Blocking junk faxes 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 Faxing 133 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web pa
138. eed in baud at which faxes are received Note 33600 is the factory default setting Enable forwarding of received faxes to another recipient Note Print is the factory default setting Specify the type of recipient to which faxes will be forwarded Notes e Fax is the factory default setting This menu item is available only from the printer Embedded Web Server Enter the shortcut number which matches the recipient type Fax E mail FTP LDSS or eSF Block No Name Fax Off On Enable blocking of incoming faxes sent from devices with no fax ID specified Note Off is the factory default setting Banned Fax List Holding Faxes Held Fax Mode Off Always On Manual Scheduled Fax Holding Schedule Enable Color Fax Receive On Off Enable the list of blocked fax numbers stored in the printer Enable fax holding all of the time or according to set schedule Note Off is the factory default setting Enable the printer to receive fax in color and print it in grayscale Note On is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Use Transmission Log Print log Do not print log Print only for error 196 To Enable printing of a transmission log after each fax job Note Print log is the factory default setting Receive Error Log Print Never Print on Error Enable printing of a receive error log following a receive error Note Print Never is the factory default
139. eeded 274 Parallel port x disabled 56 274 Printer had to restart Last job may be incomplete 274 Reinstall missing or unresponsive cartridge 31 xy 274 Reinstall missing or unresponsive imaging unit 31 xy 274 Remove defective disk 61 275 Remove packaging material area name 275 Remove paper from standard output bin 275 Replace all originals if restarting job 275 Replace cartridge 0 estimated pages remain 88 xy 275 Replace cartridge printer region mismatch 42 xy 275 Replace imaging unit O estimated pages remain 84 xy 275 Replace jammed originals if restarting job 276 Replace last scanned page and jammed originals if restarting job 276 Replace maintenance kit 0 estimated pages remain 80 xy 276 Replace missing fuser 80 xx 276 Replace roller kit 81 xx 276 Replace separator pad 276 Replace unsupported cartridge 32 xy 277 Replace unsupported imaging unit 32 xy 277 Replace wiper 277 Restore held jobs 277 Scan document too long 277 Scanner automatic feeder cover open 277 Scanner disabled by admin 840 01 277 Scanner disabled Contact system administrator if problem persists 340 02 278 Scanner jam remove all originals from the scanner 2yy xx 278 Scanner jam remove jammed originals from the scanner 2yy xx 278 Scanner maintenance required soon use ADF Kit 80 278 Serial option x error 54 278 Serial port x disabled 56 278 Some held jobs were n
140. el and then reenter the information Notes e The shortcut name appears in the Copy Shortcuts icon on the printer home screen e You can use the shortcut when copying another document using the same settings Copying 96 Customizing copy settings Copying to a different size 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt Copy from gt select the size of the original document gt oS 4 Navigate to Copy to gt select a new size for the copy gt Si gt Copy It Making copies using paper from a selected tray 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt Cop
141. el the current job Reset the active bin Install Tray x Try one or more of the following e Install the specified tray 1 Turn off the printer 2 Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet 3 Install the specified tray 4 Connect the power cord to a properly grounded electrical outlet 5 Turn the printer back on e Cancel the print job Reset the active bin Insufficient memory for Flash Memory Defragment operation 37 Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to stop the defragmentation and continue printing e Delete fonts macros and other data in the printer memory e Install additional printer memory Troubleshooting 270 Insufficient memory to collate job 37 Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to print the part of the job already stored and begin collating the rest of the print job e Cancel the current print job Insufficient memory to support Resource Save feature 35 Install additional printer memory or touch Continue to disable Resource Save clear the message and continue printing Insufficient memory some Held Jobs were deleted 37 From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message Insufficient memory some held jobs will not be restored 37 Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message e Delete other held j
142. eld jobs do not print 288 incorrect characters print 290 incorrect margins on prints 300 jammed pages are not reprinted 286 job prints from wrong tray 290 job prints on wrong paper 290 jobs do not print 292 Large jobs do not collate 291 multiple language PDF files do not print 291 paper curl 301 paper frequently jams 287 print job takes longer than expected 293 Index tray linking does not work 294 unexpected page breaks occur 295 printer 50 basic model 12 fully configured 12 minimum clearances 11 moving 11 243 244 selecting a location 11 shipping 244 printer configurations 12 printer control panel 16 factory defaults restoring 247 indicator light 16 Sleep button light 16 Printer had to restart Last job may be incomplete 274 printer hard disk disposing of 228 encrypting 230 installing 39 removing 43 wiping 229 printer hard disk encryption 230 printer hard disk memory erasing 229 printer information where to find 10 printer IP address finding 21 printer is printing blank pages 301 printer messages x page jam open upper rear door 202 254 x page jam clear manual feeder 250 260 x page jam lift front cover to remove cartridge 200 201 251 x page jam open automatic feeder top cover 28y xx 261 x page jam open tray x 24x 259 x page jam open upper and lower rear door 231 234 255 x page jam remove standard bin jam 203 257 x page jam remove tray 1 to clear duplex 2
143. en using the scanner glass touch Cancel Job while Scanning appears or while Scan the Next Page Finish the Job appears Understanding the e mail options Recipient s This option lets you enter the recipient of your e mail You may enter multiple e mail addresses Subject This option lets you type a subject line for your e mail Message This option lets you type a message that will be sent with your scanned attachment File Name This option lets you customize the attachment file name Save As Shortcut This option lets you save the current settings as a shortcut by assigning a shortcut name Note Selecting this option automatically assigns the next available shortcut number E mailing 111 Original Size This option lets you set the paper size of the documents you are going to e mail When Original Size is set to Mixed Sizes you can scan an original document that contains mixed paper sizes letter and legal size pages Darkness This option lets you adjust how light or dark your scanned documents are in relation to the original document Resolution This option lets you adjust the output quality of your e mail Increasing the image resolution increases the e mail file size and the time needed to scan your original document Decreasing the image resolution reduces the file size Content This option lets you set the original document type and source Select from the following content types Graphics The or
144. entation of text and graphics off Notes Long Edge Short Edge e Offis the factory default setting Long Edge assumes binding along the long edge of the page left edge for portrait and top edge for landscape Short Edge assumes binding along the short edge of the page top edge for portrait and left edge for landscape JPEG Quality Set the quality of a JPEG photo image in relation to the file size and quality of the image Notes Best for content is the factory default setting 5 reduces the file size but the quality of the image is lessened e 90 provides the best image quality but the file size is very large This menu setting applies to all scan functions Understanding the printer menus Use Text Default 5 90 Text Photo Default 5 90 204 To Set the quality of the text in relation to the file size and quality of the image Note 75 is the factory default setting Set the quality of a text photo image in relation to the file size and quality of the image Note 75 is the factory default setting Photo Default 5 90 Use Multi Page TIFF On Off Set the quality of a photo image in relation to the file size and quality of the image Note 50 is the factory default setting Provide a choice between single page TIFF files and multiple page TIFF files For a multiple page scan to FTP job either one TIFF file is created containing all the pages or multiple TIFF files are cre
145. entation that came with your mobile device 1 From Google Play download the Dell Mobile Print application 2 From the home screen of your mobile device tap 3 Select the item to print You can choose from the list of supported applications such as Calendar Contacts Gallery Google Docs GMail Internet Messaging Word Documents Excel Documents PowerPoint Documents and PDF Documents 4 From the print preview dialog set the print and printer options if necessary Note If your printer does not appear in the list then check the network settings of both your printer and your mobile device to make sure that both share the same wireless network 5 Tap Print Printing confidential and other held jobs Storing print jobs in the printer 1 From the printer control panel navigate to BH gt Security gt Confidential Print gt select the print job type Use To Max Invalid PIN Limit the number of times an invalid PIN can be entered Note When the limit is reached the print jobs for that user name and PIN are deleted Confidential Job Expiration Hold print jobs in the computer until you enter the PIN from the printer control panel Note The PIN is set from the computer It must be four digits using the numbers 1 9 Repeat Job Expiration Print and store print jobs in the printer memory Verify Job Expiration Print one copy of a print job and hold the remaining copies It allows you to examine i
146. enu 221 Imaging unit low 84 xy 268 Imaging unit nearly low 84 xy 268 Imaging unit very low x estimated pages remain 84 xy 268 importing a configuration using the Embedded Web Server 26 Incompatible tray x 59 268 Incorrect paper size open paper source 34 268 individual settings information erasing 229 initial fax setup 114 using the Embedded Web Server 114 Insert Tray x 269 inserting a header or footer 101 Install duplex 269 Install Tray x 269 335 installing an Internal Solutions Port 35 installing an optional card 33 installing options order of installation 45 installing printer 50 installing printer hard disk 39 installing the 2100 sheet tray 46 installing the 550 sheet tray 46 Insufficient memory for Flash Memory Defragment operation 37 269 Insufficient memory to collate job 37 270 Insufficient memory to support Resource Save feature 35 270 Insufficient memory some Held Jobs were deleted 37 270 Insufficient memory some held jobs will not be restored 37 270 internal options 28 internal print server troubleshooting 284 Internal Solutions Port changing port settings 54 installing 35 troubleshooting 284 IP address of computer finding 21 IP address printer finding 21 IPv6 menu 161 J jams accessing 249 avoiding 248 messages 249 jams clearing behind rear door 255 duplex 258 in automatic document feeder top cover 261 in manual feeder 260 in tray x 259 inside the printer 251
147. enus 205 Use To Allow Save as Shortcut Enable shortcut creation for FTP addresses On Note On is the factory default setting Off Background Removal Adjust the amount of background visible on a copy 4 to 4 Note 0 is the factory default setting Color Balance Enable an equal balance of colors in the scanned image Cyan Red Magenta Green Yellow Blue Color Dropout Specify which color to drop during scanning and to adjust the dropout setting for Color Dropout each color threshold None Notes Red eee e None is the factory default setting for Color Dropout Blue 128 is the factory default setting for each color threshold Default Red Threshold 0 255 Default Green Threshold 0 255 Default Blue Threshold 0 255 Contrast Specify the contrast of the output 0 5 Note Best for content is the factory default setting Best for content Mirror Image Create a mirror image of the original document off Note Off is the factory default setting On Negative Image Create a negative image of the original document Off Note Off is the factory default setting On Shadow Detail Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible on a scanned image 4 to 4 Note 0 is the factory default setting Scan edge to edge Specify whether the original document is scanned edge to edge off Note Off is the factory default setting On Sharpness Adjust the amount of sharpness of a scanned image 1 5 Note 3 is the factory default setting
148. eprinted letterhead is acceptable for laser printers CES Paper and specialty media guide 79 Tips on using transparencies From the printer control panel set the paper size type texture and weight in the Paper menu to match the transparencies loaded in the tray Print a test page on the transparencies being considered for use before buying large quantities e Use transparencies designed specifically for laser printers e Avoid getting fingerprints on the transparencies to prevent print quality problems Before loading transparencies flex and fan the sheets to prevent them from sticking together e When printing on large volumes of transparencies make sure to print by batches of only up to 20 with an interval of at least three minutes between batches to prevent the transparencies from sticking together in the bin You can also remove transparencies from the bin by batches of 20 Paper guidelines Paper characteristics The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability Consider these factors before printing on them Weight The printer trays and multipurpose feeder can automatically feed paper weights between 60 176 g m 16 47 Ib grain long paper The 2100 sheet tray can automatically feed paper weights up to 60 135 g m 16 36 lb grain long paper Paper lighter than 60 g m 16 Ib might not be stiff enough to feed properly and may cause jams Note Two sided printing is supported
149. er the disk has been encrypted the printer will return to the Enable Disable screen 5 Touch Back gt Exit Config Menu Securing the printer 231 The printer will perform a power on reset and then return to normal operating mode Finding printer security information In high security environments you may need to take additional steps to make sure that confidential data stored in the printer cannot be accessed by unauthorized persons For more information check the Embedded Web Server Security Administrator s Guide from your printer CD or from our Web site or contact the place where you purchased the printer Maintaining the printer 232 Maintaining the printer Warning Potential Damage Failure to maintain optimum printer performance or to replace parts and supplies may cause damage to your printer Cleaning printer parts Cleaning the printer Note You may need to perform this task after every few months Warning Potential Damage Damage to the printer caused by improper handling is not covered by the printer warranty 1 Make sure that the printer is turned off and unplugged from the electrical outlet A CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD To avoid the risk of electrical shock when cleaning the exterior of the printer unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all cables from the printer before proceeding 2 Remove paper from the standard bin and multipurpose feeder Remove any dust lint a
150. er unit Did the scanner unit close correctly r Yes The problem is solved No Contact technical support Scanning takes too long or freezes the computer Action Step 1 Check if other applications are interfering with the scan Close all applications that are not being used Does scanning still take too long or freeze the computer Yes Go to step 2 The problem is solved Step 2 Select a lower scan resolution Does scanning still take too long or freeze the computer Contact technical support The problem is solved Troubleshooting The scanner does not respond Action Step 1 Check if the printer is turned on Is the printer turned on Step 2 Check if the printer cable is securely attached to the printer and the computer print server option or other network device Is the printer cable securely attached to the printer and the computer print server option or other network device Step 3 Check if the power cord is plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical outlet Is the power cord plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical outlet Yes Go to step 2 Go to step 3 Go to step 4 327 Turn on the printer Connect the printer cable securely to the printer and the computer print server option or other network device Connect the power cord to the printer and a properly grounded
151. erasable bond synthetic papers thermal papers Rough edged rough or heavily textured surface papers or curled papers e Recycled papers that fail EN12281 2002 European testing e Paper weighing less than 60 g m 16 Ib e Multiple part forms or documents Paper and specialty media guide 82 Storing paper Use these paper storage guidelines to help avoid jams and uneven print quality For best results store paper where the temperature is 21 C 70 F and the relative humidity is 40 percent Most label manufacturers recommend printing in a temperature range of 18 24 C 65 75 F with relative humidity between 40 and 60 percent Store paper in cartons on a pallet or shelf rather than on the floor Store individual packages on a flat surface e Do not store anything on top of individual paper packages e Take paper out of the carton or wrapper only when you are ready to load it in the printer The carton and wrapper help keep the paper clean dry and flat Supported paper sizes types and weights The following tables provide information on standard and optional paper sources and the sizes types and weights of paper they support Note For an unlisted paper size select the closest larger listed size Paper sizes supported by the printer Note When printing on paper less than 210 mm 8 3 inches wide the printer may print at a reduced speed after a period of time to ensure the best print performance
152. es screen before the number of copies is set and saved then the selection is not saved and it does not become the default setting Attendance message alert Warning A If an attendance message affects a function then this icon appears and the red indicator light blinks If an error condition occurs then this icon appears Understanding the printer control panel 19 Feature Description Status message bar Show the current printer status such as Ready or Busy e Show printer conditions such as Toner Lowor Cartridge Low Show intervention messages so the printer can continue processing Printer IP address The IP address of your network printer is located at the upper left corner of the home screen and appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods You can use the IP address when accessing the Embedded Web Server so you can view and remotely configure printer settings even when you are not physically near the printer Example 123 123 123 123 Using the touch screen buttons Note Your home screen icons and buttons may vary depending on your home screen customization settings administrative setup and active embedded solutions Side Duplex Collate Copy from Letter 8 5 x 11 in 4 2 ES 12 712 gt A Copy from Letter 8 5 x 11 in Plain Paper ditowzisided On Content Scale Auto i 100 F i Text Photo Save As Shortcut Darkness A E
153. es gt A gt Transparency gt JS 4 Load transparencies into the multipurpose feeder and then touch Copy It Copying on letterhead 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides From the home screen navigate to Copy gt Copy from gt select the size of the original document gt ZS 4 Navigate to Copy to gt select the tray containing the letterhead gt Copy It 5 lf there are no trays that support letterhead then navigate to Manual Feeder gt select the size of the letterhead gt Letterhead 6 Load the letterhead faceup top edge first into the multipurpose feeder and then touch Copy It Creating a copy shortcut using the printer control panel 1 From the home screen touch Copy 2 Adjust the copy settings and then touch Save as Shortcut Note If you change the settings after the copy shortcut has been created then the settings are not saved 3 Type a unique name for the shortcut and then touch Done 4 Verify that the shortcut name is correct and then touch OK If the shortcut name is incorrect then touch Canc
154. es a booklet You can choose between one sided and two sided Note This option appears only when a printer hard disk is installed Cover Page Setup This sets up the cover page of copies and booklets Custom Job This combines multiple scanning jobs into a single job Edge Erase This removes smudges or marks around the edges of a document You can choose to remove an equal area around all four sides of the paper or pick a particular edge Edge Erase will erase whatever is within the area selected leaving nothing on that portion of the scan Header Footer This inserts date or time page number Bates number or custom text and then prints them in the specified header or footer location Margin Shift This increases or reduces the size of the margin of a page by shifting the scanned image Touch ae or to set the margin you want If the additional margin is too large then the copy will be cropped Overlay This creates a watermark or message that overlays the content of your copy You can choose from Urgent Confidential Copy and Draft or you can enter a custom message in the Enter custom text field The word you pick will appear faintly in large print across each page Paper Saver This prints two or more pages of an original document on the same page Paper Saver is also called N up printing where N stands for the number of pages For example 2 up would print two pages of your document ona single page and 4 up would
155. esesnenaeseees 11 Printer Configuratio Msie sees nc0eteevcosesokbansvaveuss sunexes E a e E RER 12 Understanding the basic functions of the SCANNEL ssscccceessesssssseeeceescessesseseseeeeseesesnesusaeeeesssseennees 14 Using the ADF and SCanner BlasS s sssccccecesssesssnsnsececeecescesssessueeecesecescesssnsaeeeeceseessesesauseseeeeseeseesenesees 15 Understanding the printer control panel sscsscssscsscssecsscssccsscssesseeeee LO Using the printer controlpanel reinis aani as e aa ataa ae adei E 16 Understanding the colors of the Sleep button and indicator lights c c ccssssssecscceececesseseesssssnesenaes 16 Understanding the HOME SCreENissi iniinis oaee aaa aE Ee DE ae EEEo eai 17 Using the to ch screen DUttOns cccccesesssssnseeceeceeesesesessneusseceeeeeceseseseusaeeseeeeeesseseseaaeaeeseceseesseeeeseeesees 19 Setting up and using the home screen applications csccsscsscsscescesees Dd Finding the IP address of the printer ccccccccssssssssecececeecsssesesseeeeeecescessessaseeseecesesessenssaeeeeeeeeseseeeeeesees 21 Finding the IP address of the COMPUTEN cccecessssssseceeceececeeseeseseseeceeceecescessesasaasaeeeeeeeeeesseseeeeeesees 21 Accessing the Embedded Web Servel csssssssssceceecesssesnsnseceeceecesceesssnseseeeeeceessussesasaeeseeeeessesesssananuensa 21 Customizing the NOME SCIEON sis sccssvecseneseccsaessicndvoesaveraarsaccesavawsnsueseddcandoonv
156. ess of your access point in the address field Notes The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 4 Access the WPS settings For more information see the documentation that came with your access point 5 Enter the eight digit PIN and then save the setting Connecting the printer to a wireless network using the Embedded Web Server Before you begin make sure that e Your printer is connected temporarily to an Ethernet network e A wireless network adapter is installed in your printer and working properly For more information see the instruction sheet that came with the wireless network adapter 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes View the printer IP address on the printer control panel The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt Network Ports gt Wireless 3 Modify the settings to match the settings of your access point wireless router Note Make sure to enter the correct SSID security method preshared key or passphrase network mode and channel 4 Click Submit 5 Turn off the printer and then disconnect the Ethernet cable Then wait for at least five secon
157. esseseesesees 57 Loading the 550 sheet tray ssesisecesSigeecoendeseva de leseede ea a a A e a a ss anlevaeie ate daideee 57 Loading the 2100 SHECE C AY sicscescusd sivas vic n aa E A a 64 Loading the m ltip rpose FEECES ccccccccceccsssssssseceecceecesceessssseseeceesceseseseusaeeeecesesesesssausaeeeeeeeceeseeeesees 70 Linking ANd UNIINKING trayS cccccsssscccceceecsssnsnsaseeceeceecssssssssuseceeceecsessesseuseseeeeseesesesssusaeesessassaeeeeeeeeeses 74 LINKING ANG UNIINKING CHAYS weds cock sdegctea casts a e aaa a a a a aa aaa a aa casastaedausedaisanadsucdladeacdes enad riaan aaia 74 Creating a CUStOM NaMe for a paper TYPE cccccceccssseccesessseececesesesseeeecesessecesceesssseeceseeeaueeesececsseeeeseeeeseneenaeees 75 Assigning A CUSTOM PAPEL typename irnir nia ai ARA AAA E AAE A EAA ATE R AEREA 75 Paper and specialty media Quide sccsscssscssccsscscccsccssccsccsscesccsscsscssceed D Using specialty medidaman E a a n a a a O O EEEE 77 Tips on using card Stocks ia einai ia a d ra aaa d aa iaaa Ea aa a re aat 77 EROTETAAN E E deslesuiesievwseoua 77 TIPS ON OAE T E EE EE E E E cates dell vabeecti ide pareectates 78 Tips on using letterhead ninrin enni a aaa aaa aa aaao sadslecdavesssicededecseteh 78 Tips onusmgtransparenCieS s3chi sese ieee ds ied coadeshaYscuedeabevastesseicshedeesvevecdussbecstlesccsadvedsaudesu veasseladiiscstvvastalcvees s 79 PAPEMPSUIC EINES rnaen E det wesiea ceed T coe ced tuna ui
158. et the size of the parallel input buffer Notes e Auto is the factory default setting Disabled turns off job buffering Any print jobs already buffered on the printer hard disk are printed before normal processing resumes The parallel buffer size setting can be changed in 1 KB increments e The maximum size allowed depends on the amount of memory in the printer the size of the other link buffers and whether Resource Save is set to On or Off e To increase the maximum size range for the Parallel Buffer disable or reduce the size of the USB serial and network buffers e Changing this setting from the printer control panel and then exiting the menus causes the printer to restart The menu selection is then updated Job Buffering Off On Auto Temporarily store print jobs on the printer hard disk before printing Notes e Off is the factory default setting e On buffers print jobs on the printer hard disk e Auto buffers print jobs only if the printer is busy processing data from another input port Changing this setting from the printer control panel and then exiting the N menus causes the printer to restart The menu selection is then updated Understanding the printer menus Use Advanced Status On Off Protocol Standard Fastbytes Honor Init On Off Parallel Mode 2 On Off Mac Binary PS On Off Auto ENA Address YYY YYY YVY YVY ENA Netmask YYY YYY YVY VVY E
159. etup Establish a wireless network and enable network security Start Push Button Method Start PIN Method Notes Start Push Button Method connects the printer to a wireless network when buttons on both the printer and the access point wireless router are pressed within a given period of time Start PIN Method connects the printer to a wireless network when a PIN on the printer is entered into the wireless settings of the access point Enable Disable WPS Auto detection Automatically detect the connection method that an access point with Enable WPS uses Start Push Button Method or Start PIN Method Disable Note Disable is the factory default setting Network Mode Specify the network mode BSS Type Notes Infrastructure Ad hoc e Infrastructure is the factory default setting This lets the printer access a network using an access point e Ad hoc configures wireless connection directly between the printer and a computer Compatibility Specify the wireless standard for the wireless network 802 11b g Note 802 11b g n is the factory default setting 802 11b g n Choose Network Select an available network for the printer to use View Signal Quality View the quality of the wireless connection View Security Mode View the encryption method for the wireless network AppleTalk menu Note This menu appears only in printer models that are connected to an Ethernet network or when an optional wireless network ad
160. eusesceeasraesvedssdevavandarhveasbenddccaeas 22 Understanding the different applications cccssssccscccecceecssessssnsnsaeeceseeeecescesesesssssausseeceeeeesesseeeseeesees 22 Activating the home Screen applications ccccccccccssssssesesssneceeceeccessssesesseeaseceeeeeceesesesessensauseeessusgenea 23 Finding information about the home Screen Applications ccsccccccsssececcessnssseceecesssecesceessseceeesesesseeeseeeeees 23 Setting UP Forms and Favorites ccccssccccesssssssccesssesseccsscsssececesesueececesesenseeesseesesececesssaeseeeeses sesessaeeesesseaeeens 23 Setting Up Card COPY csse ninnaa a acdensnddeeaaiadevuceteusinesaddqcavvasddecsaeievueswusterevaesedvancaseusateesi 23 Using MyShOrte t messicani sodne e a a aaa aai oara Eaa Eaa E EED Ea EEEE aaia TREER 24 Setting p Multi Send issiron enina aiar an a aeann eaa iak haaraa aioi aaa tiia 25 Setting UP Scan to NEtWOFK isinin iinan anaia eieaa iaaa aE EEE aa Eaa Aa Ea EE AAE E E ERE E aa iaai 25 Setting Up Remote Operator Panelo rsrsr a ea a e E e EE Ea Eea aE 26 Exporting and importing a CONFIQUIrAtTION cccccccccceecessssesesnsnsaeeeceecescesesseseseensnseseeeeeseeeesessesestaeeeesees 26 Additional printer setup ssssessssessecssesseosessecossosecssosseseseseossosessecsessesssse 2S Installing internal OPtiONS ccccccccccsssssssscccceecessessnsnsssececesecscsssssseeseeeeescessessssueseseessessecseaessusassaeeeeeeseees 28 Availab
161. evicalinedvsidalecccusaddeeasgertedsildiieidedacelses 225 Using Hibernate MOd Gi ae a A a aE a aE aE deeesadeda deve sgeacbcavseeacdiaatenssbadewcceveisdaeinecteas 226 Adjusting the brightness of the printer display cccccccccsssssssceccesssseecessssseecesceesseececeseseaseeeessseaessseeesesees 226 Be I a AE estes R E E E E E O E EE E TEE 227 Recycling Dell olge iTe E AA a ence ed Met eee 227 SECUFING the Printe ass ccasecesessenvocavecwescvavveciassnsicoes cavessatencopeestssvevieenssaveieaess Zee Statement of Volat cocnedia ats ooes a aa a ae viva saledsa ta cha dds a r reia aniria 228 Erasing Volatile memor ynni senin a a E a a tev eae a a A ai 228 Erasing non volatile MEMOLY cccccccccccccsssesssssensnsaeeceeecesceseesesnsnsnseeceseeceeceseesesnsaeeseeeeseescesesssesnnaneaeess 229 Erasing printer hard disk MEmMOTY cdnn ieiti iniae e aneda Ea ito iniaa naia Narie e iain 229 Configuring printer hard disk CNcryPtion cccccccccsssssesssseeceececeeecessesnsnsaeauececeecessesesessssaeeeeeeeseesesaaess 230 Finding printer security INFOFMATION cccceseesessseeceeceeceececesesssaeseeeeeceecescesseseasaueaeeeeeeeesesseenseseseeess 231 Contents 6 Maintaining the printer ssssssssssssseseosessscssseseosessecssssecosseseosessessssesessss 292 Cleaning printer parts esea cosgsesessteas cs oni auraa tR E E araa aasa Eae Ra EO A NORAK ENTEN OE aTa EAE ERNA ES 232 Cleaning the printe araen ee e a a aei sss
162. eview feature to see how the document looks like before you print it Print one copy of the document to check its content and format for accuracy Avoid paper jams 1 Correctly set the paper type and size to avoid paper jams For more information see Avoiding jams on page 248 Saving money and the environment 224 Saving energy Using Eco Mode 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e If you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt General Settings gt Eco Mode gt select a setting Use To Off Use the factory default settings for all settings associated with Eco Mode Off supports the performance specifications of the printer Energy Reduce energy use especially when the printer is idle Printer engine motors do not start until it is ready to print You may notice a short delay before the first page is printed The printer enters Sleep mode after one minute of inactivity Energy Paper Use all the settings associated with Energy and Paper modes Plain Paper Enable the automatic two sided duplex feature Turn off print log features 3 Click Submit Reducing printer noise Enable Quiet Mode to reduce printer noise 1 O
163. f the first copy is satisfactory The print job is automatically deleted from the printer memory when all copies are printed Reserve Job Expiration Store print jobs for printing at a later time Note The print jobs are held until deleted from the Held Jobs menu Notes e Confidential Verify Reserve and Repeat print jobs may be deleted if the printer requires extra memory to process additional held jobs e You can set the printer to store print jobs in the printer memory until you start the print job from the printer control panel e All print jobs that can be initiated by the user at the printer are called held jobs Printing 90 2 Touch Submit Printing confidential and other held jobs Note Confidential and Verify print jobs are automatically deleted from memory after printing Repeat and Reserve jobs are held in the printer until you delete them For Windows users 1 With a document open click File gt Print 2 Click Properties Preferences Options or Setup 3 Click Print and Hold 4 Select the print job type Confidential Repeat Reserve or Verify and then assign a user name For a confidential print job also enter a four digit PIN 5 Click OK or Print 6 From the printer home screen release the print job For confidential print jobs navigate to Held jobs gt select your user name gt Confidential Jobs gt enter the PIN gt Print For other print jobs navigate to Held jobs g
164. ff or vertically or to enhance fonts Fonts Note Off is the factory default setting Horizontally Vertically Both directions Isolated Toner Darkness Lighten or darken the printed output 1710 Notes 8 is the factory default setting Selecting a smaller number can help conserve toner Enhance Fine Lines Enable a print mode preferable for files such as architectural drawings maps electrical On circuit diagrams and flow charts Off Notes e Off is the factory default setting e You can set this option from the printer software For Windows users click File gt Print and then click Properties Preferences Options or Setup For Macintosh users choose File gt Print and then adjust the settings from the Print dialog and pop up menus e To set this option using the Embedded Web Server type the network printer IP address in the Web browser address field Gray Correction Automatically adjust the contrast enhancement applied to images Auto Note Auto is the factory default setting Off Brightness Adjust the printed output either by lightening or darkening it You can conserve toner 6to6 by lightening the output Note 0 is the factory default setting Contrast Adjust the contrast of printed objects 0 5 Note 0 is the factory default setting Job Accounting menu Note This menu item appears only when a formatted working printer hard disk is installed Make sure the printer hard disk is not read write or write protected Un
165. fidential print settings 90 problem accessing 328 scanning to a computer using 140 setting up e mail alerts 246 Embedded Web Server Security Administrator s Guide where to find 231 encrypting the printer hard disk 230 enlarging a copy 98 envelopes loading 70 tips on using 77 environmental settings display brightness adjusting 226 Eco Mode 224 Quiet Mode 224 Sleep mode 225 Erase Temporary Data Files menu 173 erasing hard disk memory 229 erasing non volatile memory 229 erasing volatile memory 228 Error reading USB drive Remove USB 267 Error reading USB hub Remove hub 267 Ethernet network preparing to set up for Ethernet printing 51 Ethernet port 48 Ethernet setup preparing for an 51 exporting a configuration using the Embedded Web Server 26 EXT port 48 exterior of the printer cleaning 232 e mail canceling 110 e mail alerts low supply levels 246 paper jam 246 setting up 246 e mail function setting up 106 e mail options advanced options 112 darkness 111 message 110 original size 111 page setup 112 recipient s 110 resolution 111 Save As Shortcut 110 send as 111 subject 110 e mail screen options 110 112 E mail Settings menu 197 e mail shortcuts creating using the Embedded Web Server 107 e mail sending using a shortcut number 108 using the address book 109 e mailing adding message line 109 adding subject line 109 changing output file type 109 configuring e mail settings 106 creating shortcuts
166. field enter the number of times you want the phone to ring before the printer answers d Click Submit Can you receive faxes eee en e e Troubleshooting Step 3 Replace the toner cartridge For more information see the instruction sheet that came with the supply Can you receive faxes Fax and e mail functions are not set up Notes Before you troubleshoot check if the fax cables are connected e The indicator light is blinking red until you set up fax and e mail Action a From the home screen navigate to gt Settings gt General Settings gt Run initial setup gt Yes gt Submit b Turn off the printer and then turn it back on The Select your language screen appears on the printer display Select a language and then touch ZS i Select a country or region and then touch Next Select a time zone and then touch Next gt 0 Qa Ao Select Fax and E mail and then touch Next Are fax and e mail functions set up Received fax has poor print quality Action Step 1 Ask the person who sent you the fax to a Check if the quality of the original document is satisfactory b Increase the fax scan resolution if possible c Resend the fax Is the fax print quality satisfactory The problem is solved Yes The problem is solved Yes The problem is solved 322 Contact technical support No Contact technical support
167. files section click Add and then customize the settings Notes e See the mouse over help beside each field for a description of the setting e If you select FTP or Share Folder as a destination then make sure the location settings of the destination are correct Type the correct IP address of the host computer where the specified destination is located For more information on obtaining the IP address of the host computer see Finding the IP address of the computer on page 21 4 Click Apply To use the application touch Multi Send on the printer home screen and then follow the instructions on the printer display Setting up Scan to Network Note A later version of this User s Guide may contain a direct link to the Administrator s Guide of this application To check for updates of this User s Guide go to www dell com support manuals Use To Scan a document and send it to a shared network folder You can define up to 30 unique folder destinations Notes e The printer must have permission to write to the destinations From the computer where the destination is specified use sharing security and firewall settings to allow the printer at least a write access For help see the documentation that came with your operating system e The Scan to Network icon appears only when one or more destinations are defined Setting up and using the home screen applications 26 1 Open a Web browser and
168. fit the selected paper size Note No is the factory default setting Annotations Print annotations in a PDF Do Not Print Print Note Do Not Print is the factory default setting PostScript menu Print PS Error On Off Print a page containing the PostScript error Note Off is the factory default setting Lock PS Startup Mode On Off Disable the SysStart file Note Off is the factory default setting Font Priority Establish the font search order Resident Flash Disk Notes Resident is the factory default setting e This menu item is available only when a formatted flash memory option card or printer hard disk is installed and operating properly e Make sure the flash memory option or printer hard disk is not read write write or password protected e Job Buffer Size must not be set to 100 Understanding the printer menus PCL Emul menu Use Font Source 218 To Specify the set of fonts used by the Font Name menu PCL Emulation Settings Point Size 1 00 1008 00 Resident Notes Disk Download e Resident is the factory default setting Resident shows the factory Flash default set of fonts downloaded in the RAM All e Flash and Disk settings show all fonts resident in that option e The flash option must be properly formatted and cannot be read write write or password protected e Down
169. for 60 176 g m 16 47 Ib paper Curl Curl is the tendency for paper to curl at its edges Excessive curl can cause paper feeding problems Curl can occur after the paper passes through the printer where it is exposed to high temperatures Storing paper unwrapped in hot humid cold or dry conditions even in the trays can contribute to paper curling prior to printing and can cause feeding problems Smoothness Paper smoothness directly affects print quality If paper is too rough toner cannot fuse to it properly If paper is too smooth it can cause paper feeding or print quality issues Always use paper between 100 and 300 Sheffield points smoothness between 150 and 250 Sheffield points produces the best print quality Moisture content The amount of moisture in paper affects both print quality and the ability of the printer to feed the paper correctly Leave paper in its original wrapper until it is time to use it This limits the exposure of paper to moisture changes that can degrade its performance Store paper in its original wrapper in the same environment as the printer for 24 to 48 hours before printing Extend the time several days if the storage or transportation environment is very different from the printer environment Thick paper may also require a longer conditioning period Paper and specialty media guide 80 Grain direction Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper Grain is either grain l
170. from a flash drive 86 printing slows down 294 publications where to find 10 Push Button Configuration method using 53 Q Quality menu 214 Quiet Mode 224 R recipient s e mail options 110 recycled paper using 80 223 recycling Dell products 227 reducing a copy 98 reducing noise 224 Reinstall missing or unresponsive cartridge 31 xy 274 Reinstall missing or unresponsive imaging unit 31 xy 274 Remote Operator Panel setting up 26 Remove defective disk 61 275 Remove packaging material area name 275 Index Remove paper from standard output bin 275 removing printer hard disk 43 repeat print jobs 89 printing from a Macintosh computer 90 printing from Windows 90 repeating defects appear on prints 307 Replace all originals if restarting job 275 Replace cartridge 0 estimated pages remain 88 xy 275 Replace cartridge printer region mismatch 42 xy 275 Replace imaging unit O estimated pages remain 84 xy 275 Replace jammed originals if restarting job 276 Replace last scanned page and jammed originals if restarting job 276 Replace maintenance kit 0 estimated pages remain 80 xy 276 Replace missing fuser 80 xx 276 Replace roller kit 81 xx 276 Replace separator pad 276 Replace unsupported cartridge 32 xy 277 Replace unsupported imaging unit 32 xy 277 Replace wiper 277 replacing the toner cartridge 237 240 reports viewing 246 Reports menu 156 reserve print jobs 89 printing from a Maci
171. g Enter a code on the telephone number pad to begin receiving a fax Notes e 9 is the factory default setting e This menu item is used when the printer shares a line with a telephone Scale an incoming fax job so that it fits the size of the paper loaded in the designated fax source Note On is the factory default setting Paper Source Auto Tray x Multipurpose Feeder Specify the paper source for printing incoming fax jobs Note Auto is the factory default setting Sides Duplex Off On Separator Sheets Off Before Job After Job Enable two sided duplex printing for incoming fax jobs Note Off is the factory default setting Enable the printer to include separator sheets for incoming fax jobs Note Off is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Use Separator Sheet Source Tray x Multipurpose Feeder Output Bin Standard Bin Bin x Fax Footer On Off Max Speed 2400 4800 9600 14400 33600 Fax Forwarding Print Print and Forward Forward Forward to Fax E mail FTP LDSS eSF Forward to Shortcut 195 aie Specify the paper source for the separator sheet Note Tray 1 is the factory default setting Specify a bin for received faxes Note Standard Bin is the factory default setting Print the transmission information at the bottom of each page from a received fax Note Off is the factory default setting Specify the maximum sp
172. g bracket to the controller board shield 4 Plastic bracket 4 Remove the metal cover from the ISP opening a Loosen the screw b Lift the metal cover and then pull it out completely Additional printer setup 37 5 Align the posts of the plastic bracket to the holes on the controller board cage and then press the plastic bracket on the controller board cage until it clicks into place Note Make sure that the plastic bracket has latched completely and that the plastic bracket is seated firmly on the cage 6 Install the ISP on the plastic bracket WIN MALIN ANY WWAN NIN Note Hold the ISP at an angle over the plastic bracket so that any overhanging connectors will pass through the ISP opening in the cage Additional printer setup 7 Lower the ISP toward the plastic bracket until the ISP is seated between the guides of the plastic bracket Note Turn the screw clockwise enough to hold the ISP in place but do not tighten it yet 38 Additional printer setup 39 9 Attach the two provided screws to secure the ISP mounting bracket to the controller board shield 10 Tighten the thumbscrew that is attached to the ISP Warning Potential Damage Do not screw it on too tightly 11 Connect the ISP solution interface cable into the receptacle of the controller board Note The plugs and receptacles are color coded Installing a printer hard disk Note This task requires a flat head screwdrive
173. ge correctly 2 Click Settings gt Fax Settings gt Analog Fax Setup gt Block No Name Fax Notes e This option blocks all incoming faxes that have a private caller ID or have no fax name In the Banned Fax List field enter the phone numbers or type the fax names of specific fax callers you want to block Canceling an outgoing fax Canceling a fax while the original documents are still scanning e When using the ADF touch Cancel Job on the printer control panel while Scanning appears e When using the scanner glass touch Cancel Job on the printer control panel while Scanning appears or while Scan the Next Pageand Finish the Job appear Canceling a fax after the original documents have been scanned to memory 1 Onthe home screen touch Cancel Jobs The Cancel Jobs screen appears 2 Touch the job or jobs you want to cancel Only three jobs appear on the screen touch the down arrow until the job you want appears and then touch the job you want to cancel 3 Touch Delete Selected Jobs The Deleting Selected Jobs screen appears the selected jobs are deleted and then the home screen appears Holding and forwarding faxes Holding faxes This option lets you hold received faxes from printing until they are released Held faxes can be released manually or at a scheduled day or time 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home sc
174. gth guides Loading paper and specialty media Loading A5 size paper a Pull up and slide the width guide to the position for A5 b Squeeze and then slide the length guide to the position for A5 until it clicks into place 65 Loading paper and specialty media 66 c Remove the AS length guide from its holder d Insert the A5 length guide into its designated slot Note Press the A5 length guide until it clicks into place Loading A4 letter legal oficio and folio size paper a Pull up and slide the width guide to the correct position for the size of paper you are loading Loading paper and specialty media 67 b Ifthe A5 length guide is still attached to the length guide then remove it from its place If the A5 length guide is not attached then proceed to step d c Put the AS length guide in its holder Loading paper and specialty media 68 d Squeeze and then slide the length guide to the correct position for the paper size you are loading 3 Flex the sheets back and forth to loosen them and then fan them Do not fold or crease the paper Straighten the edges on a level surface 4 Load the paper stack with the printable side facedown for one sided printing e Make sure the paper is loaded properly Loading paper and specialty media 69 One sided printing Two sided duplex printing e Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper fill indicator Warning Potential Damage
175. hard disk is installed Using the advanced options Select from the following settings e Advanced Imaging This adjusts the Background Removal Color Balance Color Dropout Contrast JPEG Quality Mirror Image Negative Image Scan Edge to Edge Shadow Detail Sharpness and Temperature settings before you scan the document e Custom Job This combines multiple scanning jobs into a single job Edge Erase This removes smudges or marks around the edges of a document You can choose to remove an equal area around all four sides of the paper or pick a particular edge Edge Erase erases whatever is within the area selected leaving nothing on that portion of the scan Transmission Log This prints the transmission log or transmission error log e Multifeed Sensor This detects when the ADF picks more than one sheet of paper at a time and then shows an error message Note This option is supported only in select printer models Understanding the printer menus Understanding the printer menus Menus list Paper Menu Default Source Paper Size Type Configure MP Substitute Size Paper Texture Paper Weight Paper Loading Custom Types Custom Names Custom Scan Sizes Custom Bin Names Universal Setup Bin Setup Settings General Settings Copy Settings Fax Settings E mail Settings FTP Settings Flash Drive Menu Print Settings Reports Menu Settings Page Device Statistics Network Setup Page Network x Setu
176. he display but it cannot be changed PCL Emulation Settings Orientation Portrait Landscape Specify the orientation of text and graphics on the page Notes e Portrait is the factory default setting Portrait prints text and graphics parallel to the short edge of the page Landscape prints text and graphics parallel to the long edge of the page Understanding the printer menus Use PCL Emulation Settings Lines per Page 1 255 219 To Specify the number of lines that print on each page Notes 60 is the US factory default setting 64 is the international default setting The printer sets the amount of space between each line based on the Lines per Page Paper Size and Orientation settings Select the Paper Size and Orientation you want before setting Lines per Page PCL Emulation Settings A4 Width 198 mm 203 mm PCL Emulation Settings Auto CR after LF On Off Set the printer to print on A4 size paper Notes e 198 mm is the factory default setting e The 203 mm setting sets the width of the page to allow printing of eighty 10 pitch characters Specify whether the printer automatically performs a carriage return CR after a line feed LF control command Note Off is the factory default setting PCL Emulation Settings Auto LF after CR On Off Tray Renumber Assign MP Feeder Off None 0 199 Assign Tray x Off None 0 199 Assign Manual Paper Off None 0 199 A
177. he latest supplemental information updates and technical support Documentation Driver downloads e Product upgrades e Service call and repair information e Order status e Live chat support e E mail support e Voice support Dell support Web site www dell com support printers Support telephone numbers and hours of operation for your country or region can be found on the support Web site Have the following information ready when you contact support so that they may serve you faster e Service tag Express service Code Note The service tag and express service code appear on labels located on your printer ee Learning about the printer 11 What are you looking for Find it here e Software and Drivers Certified drivers for your printer and Software and Documentation CD installers for Dell printer software Readme files Last minute technical changes or advanced technical reference materials for experienced users or technicians e Supplies and accessories for your printer Dell printer supplies Web site www dell com printers e Replacement cartridges You can purchase printer supplies online by telephone or in select retail stores e Safety information for preparing to operate your printer Product Information Guide Regulatory information Warranty information Note The Product Information Guide may not be available in your country or region Selecting a
178. he other Go to step 5 Check other electrical equipment plugged into the electrical outlet electrical equipment and then turn on the printer If the printer does not work then reconnect the other electrical equipment Aa Does other electrical equipment work Troubleshooting Action Step 5 Check if the cables connecting the printer and the computer are inserted in the correct ports Are the cables inserted in the correct ports Yes Go to step 6 282 No Make sure to match the following e The USB symbol on the cable with the USB symbol on the printer e The appropriate Ethernet cable with the Ethernet port Check if the printer is plugged into any surge protectors uninterruptible power supplies or extension cords Is the printer plugged into any surge protectors uninterruptible power supplies or extension cords Step 8 Check if one end of the printer cable is plugged into a port on the printer and the other to the computer print server option or other network device Is the printer cable securely attached to the printer and the computer print server option or other network device power cord directly to a properly grounded electrical outlet Go to step 9 Step 6 Turn on the switch or Go to step 7 Make sure the electrical outlet is not turned off by a switch or breaker reset the breaker Is the electrical outlet turned off by a switch or breaker Step 7 Con
179. he paper size setting to match the paper loaded in the tray or load the tray with paper that matches the paper size setting Contact technical support Go to step 2 Step 2 Check the quality of the original document Is the quality of the original document satisfactory Step 3 If dark marks appear on prints then clean the scanner glass and the ADF glass using a clean lint free cloth dampened with water Is the scanner glass clean Go to step 3 Go to step 4 Increase the scan resolution setting for a higher quality output 0 See Cleaning the scanner glass on page 233 Troubleshooting 316 Action Yes No H Step 4 Go to step 5 See Print quality Send a print job and then check for print quality problems problems on a From the General Settings menu adjust the Eco Mode settings page 295 b From the Copy menu adjust the Darkness setting c Ifthe print remains faded then replace the toner cartridge Is the print quality satisfactory Step 5 Go to step 6 Place the document or photo facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner Check the placement of the document or photo Make sure the document or photo is loaded facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner Is the document or photo loaded correctly Step 6 Go to step 7 Change the Content Type and Content Source settings to match the document being scanned Check
180. he screws with the holes AY AN 6 Tighten the screws on the shield Zz Z A A Z A Z A 31 Additional printer setup 32 7 Close the access cover ZB A A on Installing a memory card A CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD If you are accessing the controller board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer then turn the printer off and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing If you have any other devices attached to the printer then turn them off as well and unplug any cables going into the printer Warning Potential Damage Controller board electronic components are easily damaged by static electricity Touch something metal on the printer first before touching any controller board electronic components or connectors An optional memory card can be purchased separately and attached to the controller board 1 Access the controller board For more information see Accessing the controller board on page 28 2 Unpack the memory card Warning Potential Damage Do not touch the connection points along the edge of the card Doing so may cause damage Additional printer setup 33 3 Align the notch 1 on the memory card with the ridge 2 on the connector 4 Push the memory card straight into the connector and then push the card toward the controller board wall until it clicks into place 5 Reattach the controller board shiel
181. he tray matches the fuser type Note Use a 110 volt fuser for printing on letter size paper and a 220 volt fuser for printing on A4 size paper b Resend the print job Does the print speed increase Step 2 The problem is solved Contact technical a Replace the fuser For more information see the instruction sheet that support came with the part b Resend the print job Does the print speed increase Tray linking does not work Notes e The trays can detect paper length e The multipurpose feeder does not automatically detect the paper size You must set the size from the Paper Size Type menu Action Yes No Step 1 The problem is solved Go to step 2 a Open the trays and then check if they contain paper of the same size and type Check if the paper guides are in the correct positions for the size of the paper loaded in each tray e Check if the paper size indicators on the paper guides are aligned with the paper size indicators on the tray b Resend the print job Do the trays link correctly 295 Troubleshooting No Contact technical support Yes Action The problem is solved Step 2 a Fromthe printer control panel set the paper size and type in the Paper menu to match the paper loaded in the trays to be linked Note The paper size and type must match for trays to be linked b Resend the print job Na Do the trays link correctly
182. he unresponsive toner cartridge and then reinstall it Note If the message appears after reinstalling the supply then the cartridge is defective Replace the toner cartridge Reinstall missing or unresponsive imaging unit 31 xy Try one or more of the following e Check if the imaging unit is missing If missing install the imaging unit For information on installing the imaging unit see the Replacing supplies section of the User s Guide e ifthe imaging unit is installed then remove the unresponsive imaging unit and then reinstall it Note If the message appears after reinstalling the supply then the imaging unit is defective Replace the imaging unit Troubleshooting 275 Remove defective disk 61 Remove and replace the defective printer hard disk Remove packaging material area name Remove any remaining packaging material from the specified location Remove paper from standard output bin Remove the paper stack from the standard bin Replace all originals if restarting job Try one or more of the following e Touch Cancel job to clear the message and cancel the scan job e Touch Scan from automatic feeder to continue scanning from the ADF immediately after the last successful scan job Touch Scan from flatbed to continue scanning from the scanner immediately after the last successful scan job Touch Finish job without further scanning to end the last successful scan job e Touch Restart job
183. hen locate the IP address in the TCP IP section Note An IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 b Click Settings gt Apps gt Apps Management gt System tab gt Log c From the Filter menu select an application status d From the Application menu select an application and then click Submit Does an error message appear in the log Yes Go to step 2 328 Contact technical support Step 2 Resolve the error Is the application working now Embedded Web Server does not open Action Step 1 Make sure the printer IP address is correct View the printer IP address From the printer home screen From the TCP IP section in the Network Ports menu By printing a network setup page or menu settings page and then finding the TCP IP section Note An IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 Is the printer IP address correct The problem is solved Yes Go to step 2 Contact technical support Type the correct printer IP address inthe address field of your Web browser Note Depending on the network settings you may need to type https instead of http before the printer IP address to access the Embedded Web Server Step 2 Check if the printer is turned on Is the printer turned on Go to step 3 Turn on the printer
184. hen remove stacked trays one at a time from the top to the bottom Attaching cables CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY Do not use the fax feature during a lightning storm Do not set up this product or make any electrical or cabling connections such as the fax feature power cord or telephone during a lightning storm Connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable or to the network using an Ethernet cable Make sure to match the following e The USB symbol on the cable with the USB symbol on the printer The appropriate Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port Additional printer setup 49 Use the aK 1 EXT port Connect additional devices telephone or answering machine to the printer and the telephone line Use this port if you do not have a dedicated fax line for the printer and if this connection method is supported in your country or region Note Remove the plug to access the port 2 LINE port Connect the printer to an active telephone line through a standard wall jack RJ 11 DSL filter or VoIP adapter or any other adapter that allows you to access the telephone line to send and receive faxes 3 Printer power cord socket Connect the printer to a properly grounded electrical outlet 4 USB printer port Connect the printer to a computer 5 Ethernet port Connect the printer to a network 6 Internal Solutions Port ISP or Attach an ISP or a printer hard disk printer hard disk slot Note If the pr
185. ick Submit Sending a fax You can use the printer to send a fax to one or more recipients in a number of ways You can type the e mail address use a shortcut number or use the address book You can also use the Multi Send or MyShortcut application from the printer home screen For more information see Activating the home screen applications on page 23 Sending a fax using the printer control panel 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides Faxing 129 3 From the home screen touch Fax 4 Enter the fax number or a shortcut Note To add recipients touch Next number and then enter the recipient s telephone number or shortcut number or search the address book 5 Touch Fax It Sending a fax using the computer The printer driver fax option lets you send a print job to the printer which sends the job as a fax The fax option works as a normal fax machine but is controlled through the printer driver instead of the printer control panel 1 With a document open click File gt Print 2 Select the printer and then click Properties
186. ies Checking the status of parts and supplies from the Embedded Web Server Note Make sure the computer and the printer are connected to the same network 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes View the printer IP address on the home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e If you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Device Status gt More Details Estimated number of remaining pages The estimated number of remaining pages is based on the recent printing history of the printer Its accuracy may vary significantly and is dependent on many factors such as actual document content print quality settings and other printer settings Maintaining the printer 236 The accuracy of the estimated number of remaining pages may decrease when the actual printing consumption is different from the historical printing consumption Consider the variable level of accuracy before purchasing or replacing supplies based on the estimate Until an adequate print history is obtained on the printer the estimated cartridge yield is based on approximately 5 coverage per page Ordering parts and supplies Ordering supplies using the Supplies Ordering Utility 1 Use the Search command on the Start menu to locate Status Monitor Center 2 Open the application and then click Order Supplies
187. ies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass Faxing 130 e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the printer control panel press and then enter the shortcut number using the keypad 4 Touch Fax It Sending a fax using the address book The address book lets you search for bookmarks and network directory servers For more information on enabling the address book feature contact your system support person 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to Fax gt y gt type the name of the recipient gt Search Note You can search only for one name at a time 4 Touch the name of the recipient and then touch Fax It Sending a fax at a scheduled time 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparenc
188. ies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to Fax gt enter the fax number gt Options gt Delayed Send Note If Fax Mode is set to Fax Server then the Delayed Send button does not appear Faxes waiting for transmission are listed in the fax queue 4 Specify the time the fax will be transmitted and then touch ZS 5 Touch Fax It Note The document is scanned and then faxed at the scheduled time Faxing 131 Creating shortcuts Creating a fax destination shortcut using the Embedded Web Server Assign a shortcut number to a single fax number or a group of fax numbers 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt Manage Shortcuts gt Fax Shortcut Setup Note A password may be required If you do not have an ID and password then contact your system support person 3 Type aname for the shortcut and then enter the fax number Notes To create a multiple nu
189. ight Note Normal is the factory default setting Normal Heavy Understanding the printer menus 152 Use Envelope Weight Light Normal Heavy Rough Envelope Weight To Specify the relative weight of the envelope loaded Note Normal is the factory default setting Specify the relative weight of the rough envelope loaded Light Note Normal is the factory default setting Normal Heavy Letterhead Weight Specify the relative weight of the letterhead loaded Light Note Normal is the factory default setting Normal Heavy Preprinted Weight Specify the relative weight of the preprinted paper loaded Light Note Normal is the factory default setting Normal Heavy Colored Weight Specify the relative weight of the colored paper loaded Light Note Normal is the factory default setting Normal Heavy Light Weight Specify that the weight of the paper loaded is light Light Heavy Weight Specify that the weight of the paper loaded is heavy Heavy Rough Cotton Weight Specify the relative weight of the cotton or rough paper loaded Light Note Normal is the factory default setting Normal Heavy Custom x Weight Specify the relative weight of the custom paper loaded Light Notes Normal Heavy e Normal is the factory default setting The options appear only when the custom type is supported Understanding the printer menus 153 Paper Loading menu Use To C
190. iginal document facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner 2 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt specify the copy settings gt Copy It If you have more pages to scan then place the next document on the scanner glass and then touch Scan the next page 3 Touch Finish the Job Copying photos 1 Place a photo facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner 2 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt Content gt Photo gt A 3 From the Content Source menu navigate to Photo Film gt ZS gt Copy It Note If you have more photos to copy then place the next photo on the scanner glass and then touch Scan the next page 4 Touch Finish the Job Copying on specialty media Copying on transparencies 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt Copy from gt select the size of the original document gt ZS Copying 95 3 Navigate to Copy to gt select the tray that contains transparencies gt Copy It If there are no trays that contain transparencies then navigate to Manual Feeder gt A gt select the size of the transparenci
191. iginal document is mostly business type graphics such as pie charts bar charts and animations e Photo The original document is mostly a photo or an image Text The content of the original document is mostly text or line art e Text Photo The original document is a mixture of text graphics and photos Select from the following content sources Black White Laser The original document was printed using a mono laser printer e Color Laser The original document was printed using a color laser printer e Inkjet The original document was printed using an inkjet printer e Magazine The original document is from a magazine e Newspaper The original document is from a newspaper e Other The original document was printed using an alternate or unknown printer Photo Film The original document is a photo from film Press The original document was printed using a printing press Send As This option lets you set the output type for the scan image Select one of the following PDF Use this to create a single file with multiple pages Note PDF is the factory default setting e Secure PDF Use this to create an encrypted PDF file that protects the file contents from unauthorized access TIFF Use this to create multiple files or a single file If Multi page TIFF is turned off in the Settings menu of the Embedded Web Server then TIFF saves one page in each file The file size is usually larger than an equi
192. iils havabeduadagesensesds santvendshacadeeseuatden ea aaar aidean 51 Preparing to set up the printer on an Ethernet network cccccsscccccsssssseccescessceeeesessseececesssesseeeesssesseesueeeeees 51 Preparing to set up the printer on a Wireless NEtWOFK ccccsessscccceseseseecessnssseeeecessssesecesesesseeeesesesaaeaeeeeses 52 Connecting the printer using the Wireless Setup WIZAard ccccsssscccesssssseccessesseececeseneseeescessaeecescesseeeaseeens 53 Connecting the printer to a wireless network using Wi Fi Protected Setup ccccccesesseeeecesssseeeeseeeseeeeees 53 Connecting the printer to a wireless network using the Embedded Web Servel cccsscsccceesessseecseseseeeeees 54 Changing port settings after installing a new network ISP c cccesessccescsesseeceecsssseececseseeeceeseseaeeeseeseaessnaeees 54 S tting Up serial PrNtING sererai iae aie lead E e de elencee edad aoe esac eek edie ede eee 55 V rifying printer SECU Ps co a a aaa a e daauatecdacadocdasdusenseniaiaade desde aa a Ee tbh S ar asi ei 55 PrINtINY A MENU SELTINGS PAGES reunirnos a a e E a a aa iaa aa 55 Printing a network setup Page EE E E E A EE 56 Loading paper and specialty media sesssssseosesesessececssssesecsesecsesecsssssess D7 Setting the paper size AN typi nosia n E e an E A D ier erara es 57 Configuring Universal paper Settings ccccccccccsssssssssseeceeceeeceseeeesesnsnsaeeeceececesceesesesaeauaueaeeeee
193. imaging unit Warning Potential Damage Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10 minutes Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems 2 Install the imaging unit and then the cartridge b Resend the print job Do streaked vertical lines appear on prints Step 5 Contact technical The problem is solved Replace the imaging unit and then resend the print job support or your Dell printer dealer Do streaked vertical lines appear on prints Toner fog or background shading appears on prints Action Yes No Step 1 Go to step 2 The problem is solved Reinstall the imaging unit a Remove and then install the imaging unit b Resend the print job Does fog or shading appear on prints Step 2 Contact technical The problem is solved Replace the imaging unit and then resend the print job support or your Dell printer dealer Does fog or shading appear on prints Troubleshooting 312 Toner rubs off D Leading edge ABC Hii Action Vs Noo Trailing edge Step 1 Go to step 2 Specify the paper type From the Paper menu on the printer control panel check the paper type texture and weight texture and weight from the tray settings to match the paper Do the paper type texture and weight match the paper loaded in the Wales ii the may tray Step 2 Contact technical The problem is solved Resend the print job support or you
194. imaging unit to direct light for more than 10 minutes Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems 3 Reinstall the imaging unit and then the cartridge b Resend the print job Is the printer still printing blank pages Step 3 Replace the imaging unit and then resend the print job Is the printer still printing blank pages Printer is printing solid black pages Go to step 3 Contact technical support The problem is solved The problem is solved Troubleshooting Action Step 1 a Reinstall the imaging unit 1 Remove the toner cartridge and then the imaging unit Warning Potential Damage Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10 minutes Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems 2 Install the imaging unit and then the cartridge b Resend the print job Is the printer printing solid black pages Yes Go to step 2 303 a The problem is solved Contact technical The problem is solved Step 2 Replace the imaging unit and then resend the print job support Is the printer printing solid black pages J Print irregularities Leading edge PIA Trailing edge Action Yes No Step 1 Go to step 2 The problem is solved a Move the width and length guides in the tray to the correct positions for the size of the paper loaded in the tray b Resend the print job Do print irregula
195. ing Allow edge to edge scanning of the original document Off Note Off is the factory default setting On Sharpness Adjust the amount of sharpness of a copy 1 5 Note 3 is the factory default setting Sample Copy Create a sample copy of the original document Off Note Off is the factory default setting On Fax Settings menu Fax Mode Analog Fax Setup menu Analog Fax Setup mode sends the fax job through a telephone line Fax Name Specify the name of the fax in the printer Fax Number Specify the telephone number assigned to the fax Understanding the printer menus Use Fax ID Fax Name Fax Number Enable Manual Fax On Off Memory Use All receive Mostly receive Equal Mostly send All send 189 To Specify how the fax is identified Set the printer to fax manually which requires a line splitter and a telephone handset Notes e Offis the factory default setting Use a regular telephone to answer an incoming fax job and to dial a fax number Touch 0 on the numeric keypad to go directly to the Manual Fax function Define the allocation of non volatile memory between sending and receiving fax jobs Notes e Equal is the factory default setting This splits the memory for sending and receiving fax jobs into equal amounts e Mostly send specifies that most of the memory is set to send fax jobs e All send specifies that all the memory is set to send fax
196. ing an FTP shortcut using the Embedded Web Server 137 333 Custom Names menu 154 custom paper type assigning 75 custom paper type name creating 75 Custom Scan Sizes menu 155 Custom Type x changing name 75 Custom Types menu 154 D darkness copy options 103 e mail options 111 fax options 135 scan options 142 date and time fax setting 128 daylight saving time setting 128 Default Source menu 145 Defective flash detected 51 266 delayed send fax options 135 Dell Mobile Print using 88 device and network settings information erasing 229 different paper sizes copying 96 Digital Subscriber Line DSL fax setup 119 digital telephone service fax setup 121 directory list printing 91 Disk full 62 266 Disk full scan job canceled 266 Disk must be formatted for use in this device 267 disk wiping 229 display troubleshooting printer display is blank 283 display printer control panel 16 adjusting brightness 226 disposing of printer hard disk 228 distinctive ring service fax connecting to 127 documents printing from Macintosh 85 from Windows 85 DSL filter 119 duplexing 97 Index E Eco Mode setting 224 Edit Security Setups menu 170 embedded solutions information erasing 229 Embedded Web Server accessing 21 checking the status of parts 235 checking the status of supplies 235 creating a fax destination shortcut 131 creating an FTP shortcut 137 creating e mail shortcuts 107 initial fax setup 114 modifying con
197. ing settings to match the orientation Binding This specifies if the original document is bound on the long edge or short edge side Content This option lets you set the original document type and source Select from the following content types e Graphics The original document is mostly business type graphics such as pie charts bar charts and animations e Photo The original document is mostly a photo or an image Text The content of the original document is mostly text or line art e Text Photo The original document is a mixture of text graphics and photos Select from the following content sources Black White Laser The original document was printed using a mono laser printer Color Laser The original document was printed using a color laser printer Inkjet The original document was printed using an inkjet printer e Magazine The original document is from a magazine Newspaper tThe original document is from a newspaper e Other The original document was printed using an alternate or unknown printer Scanning 143 e Photo Film The original document is a photo from film e Press The original document was printed using a printing press Scan Preview This option lets you view the first page of the image before it is included in the file When the first page is scanned the scanning is paused and a preview image appears Note This option appears only when a formatted working printer
198. ing the printer menus Use Portrait Width 3 8 5 inches 76 216 mm 156 To Set the portrait width Notes e If the width exceeds the maximum then the printer uses the maximum width allowed e 8 5 inches is the US factory default setting You can increase the width in 0 01 inch increments e 216 mm is the international factory default setting You can increase the width in 1 mm increments Portrait Height 3 14 17 inches 76 360 mm Feed Direction Short Edge Long Edge Reports Menu Reports menu Use Menu Settings Page Device Statistics Set the portrait height Notes e If the height exceeds the maximum then the printer uses the maximum height allowed e 14 inches is the US factory default setting You can increase the height in 0 01 inch increments e 356 mm is the international factory default setting You can increase the height in 1 mm increments Specify the feed direction if the paper can be loaded in either direction Notes Short Edge is the factory default setting Long Edge appears only when the longest edge is shorter than the maximum width supported in the tray To Print a report containing information about the paper loaded in trays installed memory total page count alarm settings timeouts printer control panel language TCP IP address status of supplies status of the network connection and other information Print a report containing printer statistics such
199. inter has support for wireless connection then the wireless antenna is attached here 7 USB port Attach an optional wireless network adapter Warning Potential Damage Do not touch the USB cable any wireless network adapter or the printer in the area shown while actively printing Loss of data or a malfunction can occur Additional printer setup 50 Organizing cables Attach the Ethernet cable and power cord and then neatly tuck the cables in the channels at the back of the printer Setting up the printer software Installing the printer 1 Obtain a copy of the software installer package 2 Run the installer and then follow the instructions on the computer screen 3 For Macintosh users add the printer Note Obtain the printer IP address from the TCP IP section in the Network Ports menu Additional printer setup 51 Adding available options in the print driver For Windows users 1 Open the printers folder and then select your printer 2 Open the printer properties and then add or manually install any options 3 Apply the changes For Macintosh users 1 From System Preferences in the Apple menu navigate to your printer and then select Options amp Supplies gt Driver 2 Add any installed hardware options 3 Apply the changes Networking Notes e Purchase a wireless network adapter first before setting up the printer on a wireless network For more information contact the place where you purchased
200. ion before it holds jobs that require unavailable resources and continues to print other jobs in the print queue Notes e 30 is the factory default setting This menu item appears only when a formatted working printer hard disk is installed Set the printer to restart when an error is encountered Note Reboot always is the factory default setting Error Recovery Max Auto Reboots 1 20 Determine the number of automatic reboots the printer can perform Note 2 is the factory default setting Print Recovery Auto Continue Disabled 5 255 Print Recovery Jam Recovery On Off Auto Print Recovery Jam Assist On Off Print Recovery Page Protect Off On Let the printer automatically continue printing from certain offline situations when not resolved within the specified time period Note Disabled is the factory default setting Specify whether the printer reprints jammed pages Notes e Auto is the factory default setting The printer reprints jammed pages unless the memory required to hold the pages is needed for other printer tasks On sets the printer to reprint jammed pages Off sets the printer not to reprint jammed pages Set the printer to automatically check for jammed paper Note On is the factory default setting Let the printer successfully print a page that may not have printed otherwise Notes e Off is the factory default setting This prints a partial page when
201. ironment 223 Saving money and the environment Saving paper and toner Studies show that as much as 80 of the carbon footprint of a printer is related to paper usage You can significantly reduce your carbon footprint by using recycled paper and the following printing suggestions such as printing on both sides of the paper and printing multiple pages on one side of a single sheet of paper For more information on how you can quickly save paper and energy using one printer setting see Using Eco Mode on page 224 Using recycled paper Use of recycled office paper produced specifically for use in laser LED printers is supported For more information on a recycled papers that work well with your printer see Using recycled paper and other office papers on page 80 Conserving supplies Use both sides of the paper If your printer model supports two sided printing then you can control whether print appears on one or two sides of the paper Notes e Two sided printing is the default setting in the print driver e For a complete list of supported products and countries go to www dell com support Place multiple pages on one sheet of paper You can print up to 16 consecutive pages of a multiple page document onto one side of a single sheet of paper by setting multiple page printing N Up for the print job Check your first draft for accuracy Before printing or making multiple copies of a document e Use the pr
202. isisnssessirossievoces ies otdiso sotnost sisisi iein eae INLOS aee a a E E E E E E AE E A E AE 248 Understanding jam messages and lOCations ccscsseesssesceceeeceeceseessensnseneeceeceseessesesesauseseseseeeesesseenees 249 x page jam lift front cover to remove cartridge 2OO 201 cceceeceesesssssnsceseeceeeeeeeeeeseseeessesneaes 251 x page jam open upper rear door 202 ecccccssesssssssnsneececcececeececescesesusesusaeaeeceseeeeceseeeesessseesenags 254 x page jam open upper and lower rear door 231 234 cccccscccccceececessesesssensneaeseeececeeseeseseeessnenes 255 x page jam remove standard bin jam 203 cccccccccccssssssssseceeceeessesssssseseeseeesceseseseaeeeseeesesesenes 257 x page jam remove tray 1 to clear duplex 235 239 cccccccccccecesssessssnsneceeceecescesssssnsneaeeseeeeseeeeses 258 x page jam open tray x 24K 2 x ccseecckesiMeesanaeesacascnsesvessanaueldesesvevslendusdnaectectsbasabseshdddesddercesbenicacbeses 259 Contents 7 x page jam clear manual feeder 250 ccecccsssssssneseeceeceecescessnensaeeneeceecescescessssueaeeeeeeeesessesenaness 260 x page jam open automatic feeder top cover 28y XX cscsscccceecsssesssnsssseeeceecessesessesseseeseseeeseeeees 261 TROUDIGSIMO OCG 54s xceicsessccceusensacitevedvusinvee ede saevsupeesvers uiveds eed ssie iin 2 OF Understanding the printer MeSSAES cccccccccccccescsssessssnsns
203. isk down until the standoffs are in place Installation warning Hold only the edges of the printed circuit board assembly Do not touch or press on the center of the printer hard disk Doing so may cause damage c Insert the plug of the printer hard disk interface cable into the receptacle of the ISP Note The plugs and receptacles are color coded Additional printer setup 42 To install a printer hard disk directly on the controller board cage a Align the standoffs of the printer hard disk to the holes in the controller board cage and then press the printer hard disk down until the standoffs are in place Installation warning Hold only the edges of the printed circuit board assembly Do not touch or press on the center of the printer hard disk Doing so may cause damage Additional printer setup b Use the two provided screws to attach the printer hard disk mounting bracket c Insert the plug of the printer hard disk interface cable into the receptacle of the controller board Note The plugs and receptacles are color coded Z A zZ Z z A A A A A ZS A Removing a printer hard disk Note This task requires a flat head screwdriver CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD If you are accessing the controller board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer then turn the printer off and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing If you have
204. jobs e All receive specifies that all the memory is set to receive fax jobs e Mostly receive specifies that most of the memory is set to receive fax jobs Cancel Faxes Allow Don t Allow Specify whether or not the printer cancels fax jobs Note Allow is the factory default setting Caller ID Off Primary Alternate Fax number masking Off From left From right Digits to Mask 0 58 Specify the type of caller ID being used Specify the direction from where digits are masked in an outgoing fax number Notes e Off is the factory default setting e The number of characters masked is determined by the Digits to Mask setting Specify the number of digits to mask in an outgoing fax number Note 0 is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus 190 Fax Cover Page Configure the fax cover page Fax Cover Page Off by default On by default Never use Notes e Off by default is the factory default setting for Fax Cover Page e Off is the factory default setting for all other menu items Always use Include to Field On Off Include from Field On Off From Include Message Field On Off Message Include Logo On Off Include Footer x Footer x Specify quality in dots per inch dpi A higher resolution gives better print quality but increases the fax transmission time for outgoing faxes Resolution Standard Fine 200 dpi Super Fin
205. king printer hard disk is installed Scan Preview On Off Specify whether a preview will appear on the display for scan jobs Notes e Off is the factory default setting e This menu item appears only when a formatted working printer hard disk is installed Understanding the printer menus Use Background Removal 4 to 4 Color Balance Cyan Red Magenta Green Yellow Blue 193 To Adjust the amount of background visible on a scanned image Note 0 is the factory default setting Enable an equal balance of colors in the scanned image Color Dropout Color Dropout None Red Green Blue Default Red Threshold 0 255 Default Green Threshold 0 255 Default Blue Threshold 0 255 Contrast 0 5 Best for content Mirror Image Specify which color to drop during scanning and to adjust the dropout setting for each color threshold Notes None is the factory default setting for Color Dropout 128 is the factory default setting for each color threshold Specify the contrast in the scanned image Note Best for content is the factory default setting Create a mirror image of the original document Off Note Off is the factory default setting On Negative Image Create a negative image of the original document Off Note Off is the factory default setting On Shadow Detail Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible 4 to 4 Note 0 is the factory default setting
206. ks Create organize and save a set of bookmarks URL into a tree view of folders and file links Note The tree view supports only bookmarks created from this function and not from any other application 10 USB Drive View select print scan or e mail photos and documents from a flash drive Note This icon appears only when you return to the home screen while a memory card or flash drive is connected to the printer 11 Held Jobs Display all current held jobs 12 Status Supplies Show a warning or error message whenever the printer requires intervention to continue processing e Access the messages screen for more information on the message and how to clear it 13 Tips Open a context sensitive Help dialog 14 Search Held Jobs Search for one or more of the following items e User name for held or confidential print jobs e Job names for held jobs excluding confidential print jobs e Profile names Bookmark container or print job names e USB container or print job names for supported file types Features Feature Description Menu trail line Example Menus gt Settings gt Copy Settings gt Number of Copies A menu trail line is located at the top of each menu screen This feature shows the path taken to arrive at the current menu Touch any of the underlined words to return to that menu Number of Copies is not underlined because it is the current screen If you touch an underlined word on the Number of Copi
207. l CG Times Intl Courier Intl Univers Palatino StempelGaramond Taffy Times TimesNewRoman Univers Zapf Chancery NewSansMTCS NewSansMTCT New SansMTJA NewSansMTKO 221 Understanding the printer menus Font Size Set the default font size for HTML documents 1 255 pt Notes 12 ptis the factory default setting Font size can be increased in 1 point increments Scale Scale the default font for HTML documents 1 400 Notes e 100 is the factory default setting e Scaling can be increased in 1 increments Orientation Set the page orientation for HTML documents Portrait Note Portrait is the factory default setting Landscape Margin Size Set the page margin for HTML documents 8 255 mm Notes e 19 mm is the factory default setting e Margin size can be increased in 1 mm increments Backgrounds Specify whether to print backgrounds on HTML documents Do Not Print Note Print is the factory default setting Print Image menu Use To Auto Fit Select the optimal paper size scaling and orientation On Note On is the factory default setting It overrides scaling and orientation settings Off for some images Invert Invert bitonal monochrome images On Notes Off e Off is the factory default setting e This setting does not apply to GIF or JPEG images Scaling Scale the image to fit the selected paper size Anchor Top Left Notes Best Fit Anchor Center Fit Height Width Fit Height Fit Width
208. l com support printers Appendix 330 Appendix Dell Technical Support Policy Technician assisted technical support requires the cooperation and participation of the customer in the troubleshooting process and provides for restoration of the Operating System application software and hardware drivers to the original default configuration as shipped from Dell as well as the verification of appropriate functionality of the printer and all Dell installed hardware In addition to this technician assisted technical support online technical support is available at Dell Support Additional technical support options may be available for purchase Dell provides limited technical support for the printer and any Dell installed software and peripherals Support for third party software and peripherals is provided by the original manufacturer including those purchased and or installed through Software amp Peripherals DellWare ReadyWare and Custom Factory Integration CFI DellPlus Contacting Dell You can access Dell Support at www dell com support printers You can contact Dell electronically using the following addresses e World Wide Web www dell com www dell com ap Asian Pacific countries only www dell com jp Japan only www euro dell com Europe only www dell com la Latin American and Caribbean countries www dell ca Canada only e Anonymous file transfer protocol FTP ftp dell com Log in as user anonymous a
209. l port settings and then adjust the settings if necessary c Save the settings 2 From your computer open the printers folder and then select your printer 3 Open the printer properties and then select the COM port from the list 4 Set the COM port parameters in Device Manager Use the Run dialog box to open the command prompt and then type devmgmt msc Verifying printer setup When all hardware and software options are installed and the printer is turned on verify that the printer is set up correctly by printing the following e Menu settings page Use this page to verify that all printer options are installed correctly A list of installed options appears toward the bottom of the page If an option you installed is not listed then it is not installed correctly Remove the option and then install it again e Network setup page If your printer has Ethernet or wireless capability and is attached to a network then print a network setup page to verify the network connection This page also provides important information that aids network printing configuration Printing a menu settings page From the home screen navigate to gt Reports gt Menu Settings Page Additional printer setup 56 Printing a network setup page If the printer is attached to a network then print a network setup page to verify the network connection This page also provides important information that aids network printing configuration
210. lash memory option card must not be read write or write protected e This menu item appears only when a non defective flash memory card is installed Delete Downloads on Disk Delete downloads from the printer hard disk including all held jobs buffered jobs Delete Now and parked jobs Do Not Delete Notes Delete Now sets the printer to delete the downloads and allows the display to return to the originating screen after the deletion Do Not Delete sets the printer display to return to the main Utilities menu for touch screen printer models When selected in non touch screen printer models Do Not Delete sets the printer to return to the originating screen after the deletion Activate Hex Trace Assist in isolating the source of a print job problem Notes e When activated all data sent to the printer is printed in hexadecimal and character representation and control codes are not executed e To exit or deactivate Hex Trace turn off or reset the printer ee es Understanding the printer menus 217 Coverage Estimator Provide an estimate of the percentage coverage of toner on a page The estimate is Off printed on a separate page at the end of each print job On Note Off is the factory default setting XPS menu Print Error Pages Print a page containing information on errors including XML markup errors Off Note Off is the factory default setting On PDF menu Scale to Fit Yes No Scale page content to
211. lay Message to display Default Alternate Default text entry Alternate text entry Notes Do not display is the factory default setting for When to display Default is the factory default setting for Message to display A Understanding the printer menus Use Displayed Information continued Waste Toner Bottle Paper Jam Load Paper Service Errors 179 To Customize the displayed information for Waste Toner Bottle Paper Jam Load Paper and Service Errors Select from the following options Display Yes No Message to display Default Alternate Default text entry Alternate text entry Notes e No is the factory default setting for Display Default is the factory default setting for Message to display Home screen customization Change Language Copy Copy Shortcuts Fax Fax Shortcuts E mail E mail Shortcuts FTP FTP Shortcuts Search Held Jobs Held Jobs USB Drive Profiles and Solutions Bookmarks Jobs by user Forms and Favorites Date Format MM DD YYYY DD MM YYYY YYYY MM DD Time Format 12 hour A M P M 24 hour clock Change the icons that appear on the home screen For each icon select from the following options Display Do Not display Notes e Display is the factory default setting for Copy Fax E mail FTP Search Held Jobs Held jobs USB Drive and Forms and Favorites Do not display is the factory default setting for Change Language Copy Shortcuts Fax Sho
212. le intermalOptiOmSs iseina aa aa Ee e savbasgva EEE Ea Aa aara EREE 28 Accessing th controller boardin aa ee aaa a a E a E aa AE TE E oa EA aE 28 Installing a MEMOPY Cal iccccccssisets cesachensetevsesseecdateceatevaceweadseveesdacued advasavsnna caveasdbstea dweauchas sedsdazsbobeddeceiacderaeeeaases 32 Installing an Optional Card ceceecssssccessssececcessssseececsssseaeeceseasseeceseseseececeseseseceseseaseeeesessessesaaaeeeeseseseseeeses 33 Contents 3 Installing an Internal Solutions POr sdi peros eieiei a aea raaa p a sei ae ia ia anin 35 stalling a printer hard disk a bees nei hee he ea a 39 Removing a printer Nard dS Kaaa a e a ar aa eS eighidlacsescthesd arara Mb Bhlasttadsletida aa a Ora iaat raii 43 I stalling hardware option Siaina aa a a a a a a Aa a aban 45 Order Of installati Oa E a aa aaa a e cages aaa send a aaa a edad a a a aaa a a aa aa aeaa a aaaeaii 45 stalling optional tray Sn seni n a a Eaa eaaa aE aaa EaR eE AE E a ataia 46 Attaching cable S si ennor ieee a i EE E EE AE eR EE E A AEE Eana EK aR 48 Setting Up the printer sort wae is arsen ea aaa des hae a ana Daag aa teeta Gera daa vended de ete bok 50 Installing the Printers scseecec asekeMieence Aces Mave eee eet ied eh Rv Sk ee ie Reena ee eR ee ee 50 Adding available options in the print driver cescceeeescecesceceeacecesnaeeesaeeeeeeeceeeaeecesaaeeeeeaeessaeeeaeseeneeeeseeeess 51 Networking 8x 2icecee sci hee e levee Coaectnd venetian aah ade Las e
213. lem is solved Replace the imaging unit and then resend the print job support Do streaked horizontal lines appear on prints XL J Streaked vertical lines appear on prints Leading edge i Saas ChE 7 Trailing edge Action Yes No Step 1 Go to step 2 The problem is solved a Depending on your operating system specify the paper type texture and weight from Printing Preferences or from the Print dialog b Resend the print job Do streaked vertical lines appear on prints Step 2 Go to step 3 Do one or more of the From the printer control panel set the paper texture type and weight in following the Paper menu to match the paper loaded in the tray e Specify the paper texture type and Do the paper texture type and weight match the paper in the tray weight from the tray settings to match the paper loaded in the tray e Change the paper loaded in the tray to match the paper texture type and weight specified in the tray settings Troubleshooting 311 Action Yes No Step 3 Go to step 4 The problem is solved a Load paper from a fresh package Note Paper absorbs moisture due to high humidity Store paper in its original wrapper until you use it b Resend the print job Do streaked vertical lines appear on prints Step 4 Go to step 5 The problem is solved a Reinstall the imaging unit 1 Remove the toner cartridge and then the
214. letterhead and different colored plain papers a different custom type name so that the trays they are in will not automatically link Linking and unlinking trays 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e If you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt Paper Menu Loading paper and specialty media 75 3 Change the paper size and type settings for the trays you are linking e To link trays make sure the paper size and type for the tray match that of the other tray e To unlink trays make sure the paper size or type for the tray does not match that of the other tray 4 Click Submit Note You can also change the paper size and type settings using the printer control panel For more information see Setting the paper size and type on page 57 Warning Potential Damage Paper loaded in the tray should match the paper type name assigned in the printer The temperature of the fuser varies according to the specified paper type Printing issues may occur if settings are not properly configured Creating a custom name for a paper type Using the Embedded Web Server 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printe
215. lity output Did the increased resolution produce a higher quality output Scan job was not successful Action Step 1 Check the cable connections Make sure the Ethernet or USB cable is securely connected to the computer and the printer Are the cables securely connected Problem solved Yes Go to step 2 Contact technical support No Connect the cables properly Step 2 Check if the file name is already in use Is the file name already in use p S Change the file name Go to step 3 Troubleshooting Action Step 3 Check if the document or photo you want to scan is open in another application or being used by another user Is the file you want to scan open by another application or user Step 4 Check if either the Append time stamp or the Overwrite existing file check box is selected in the destination configuration settings Is the Append time stamp or Overwrite existing file check box selected in the destination configuration settings Yes Close the file you are scanning Contact technical support 326 No Go to step 4 Select the Append time stamp or Overwrite existing file check box in the destination configuration settings Scanner unit does not close Action Check if there are obstructions in the scanner unit a Lift the scanner unit b Remove any obstruction keeping the scanner unit open c Lower the scann
216. ll a filter for the printer 1 Connect the line port of the DSL filter to the wall jack 2 Connect one end of the telephone cable that came with your printer to the port of the printer Connect the other end to the phone port on the DSL filter 3 To continue using a computer for Internet access connect the computer to the DSL HPN port on the DSL filter 4 To connect a telephone to the printer remove any installed adapter plug from the port of the printer and then connect the telephone to the port Faxing 120 Scenario 3 VoIP telephone service To connect 1 Connect one end of the telephone cable that came with the printer to the 4 port of the printer 2 Connect the other end of the cable to the port labeled Phone Line 1 or Phone Port on the VoIP adapter Note The port labeled Phone Line 2 or Fax Port is not always active VoIP providers may charge additional cost for activation of the second phone port 3 Connect the telephone to the port of the printer Faxing 121 Tips for this setup e To make sure that the phone port on the VoIP adapter is active plug an analog telephone into the phone port and then listen for a dial tone If you hear a dial tone then the port is active e f you need two phone ports for your devices but do not want to pay additional cost then do not plug the printer into the second phone port You can use a phone splitter Plug
217. load shows all the fonts downloaded in the RAM e All shows all fonts available to any option Font Name Identify a specific font and the option where it is stored Courier 10 Note Courier 10 is the factory default setting Courier 10 shows the font name font ID and the storage location in the printer The font source abbreviation is R for Resident F for Flash K for Disk and D for Download Symbol Set Specify the symbol set for each font name 10U PC 8 Notes 12U PC 850 e 10U PC 8 is the US factory default setting 12U PC 850 is the international factory default setting e A symbol set is a set of alphabetic and numeric characters punctuation and special symbols Symbol sets support the different languages or specific programs such as math symbols for scientific text Only the supported symbol sets are shown Change the point size for scalable typographic fonts Notes e 12 is the factory default setting Point size refers to the height of the characters in the font One point equals approximately 0 014 inch e Point sizes can be increased or decreased in 0 25 point increments PCL Emulation Settings Pitch 0 08 100 Specify the font pitch for scalable monospaced fonts Notes 10 is the factory default setting Pitch refers to the number of fixed space characters per inch cpi e Pitch can be increased or decreased in 0 01 cpi increments For nonscalable monospaced fonts the pitch appears on t
218. loaded in the tray Print samples on labels being considered for use before buying large quantities e Use labels designed specifically for laser printers e Do not use labels with slick backing material e Use full label sheets Partial sheets may cause labels to peel off during printing resulting in a jam Partial sheets also contaminate the printer and the cartridge with adhesive and could void the printer and toner cartridge warranties e Do not use labels with exposed adhesive e Before loading labels on the tray flex and fan labels to loosen them Straighten the edges on a level surface Tips on using letterhead e Use letterhead designed specifically for laser printers e Print samples on the letterhead being considered for use before buying large quantities Before loading letterhead flex and fan the sheets to prevent them from sticking together e Page orientation is important when printing on letterhead Source Printing Printable side Paper orientation Trays One sided Facedown Load the sheet with the top edge toward the front of the tray Trays Two sided Faceup Load the sheet with the bottom edge entering the printer first Multipurpose feeder One sided Faceup Load the sheet with the top edge entering the printer first Multipurpose feeder Two sided Facedown Load the sheet with the bottom edge entering the printer first Note Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the pr
219. location for the printer A CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY The printer weight is greater than 18 kg 40 Ib and requires two or more trained personnel to lift it safely When selecting a location for the printer leave enough room to open trays covers and doors If you plan to install any options then leave enough room for them also It is important to Set up the printer near a properly grounded and easily accessible electrical outlet Make sure airflow in the room meets the latest revision of the ASHRAE 62 standard or the CEN Technical Committee 156 standard Provide a flat sturdy and stable surface Keep the printer Clean dry and free of dust Away from stray staples and paper clips Away from the direct airflow of air conditioners heaters or ventilators Free from direct sunlight and humidity extremes Observe the recommended temperatures and avoid fluctuations Ambient temperature 15 6 to 32 2 C 60 to 90 F Storage temperature 1 to 35 C 34 to 95 F Allow the following recommended amount of space around the printer for proper ventilation Learning about the printer 12 YY 1 Right side 152 mm 6 in 2 Front 394 mm 15 5 in 3 Left side 152 mm 6 in 4 Rear 152 mm 6 in 5 Top 152 mm 6 in Printer configurations CAUTION TIPPING HAZARD Floor mounted configurations require additional furniture for stability You must use either a printer stand o
220. lty media e Do not load wrinkled creased damp bent or curled paper e Flex fan and straighten paper before loading it e Do not use paper that has been cut or trimmed by hand e Do not mix paper sizes weights or types in the same tray e Make sure the paper size and type are set correctly on the computer or printer control panel e Store paper according to manufacturer recommendations Understanding jam messages and locations When a jam occurs a message indicating the jam location and information to clear the jam appears on the printer display Open the doors covers and trays indicated on the display to remove the jam Clearing jams Notes 250 e When Jam Assist is set to On the printer flushes blank pages or pages with partial prints to the standard bin after a jammed page has been cleared Check your printed output for blank pages e When Jam Recovery is set to On or Auto the printer reprints jammed pages However the Auto setting reprints jammed pages if adequate printer memory is available Area N o rua O if Area name Printer control panel message What to do 1 Upper rear door x page jam open upper rear Open the rear door of the printer and then remove the door 202 jammed paper 2 Upper door and rear x page jam open upper and lower Open the rear door of the printer and the rear duplex duplex area rear door 231 234 area and then remove the jammed paper 3 Tr
221. ly grasp the jammed paper on each side and then gently pull it out Note Make sure all paper fragments are removed 3 Close the rear door 4 From the printer control panel touch Done to clear the message and continue printing x page jam open upper and lower rear door 231 234 CAUTION HOT SURFACE The inside of the printer might be hot To reduce the risk of injury from a hot component allow the surface to cool before touching Clearing jams 256 1 Pull down the rear door 2 Firmly grasp the jammed paper on each side and then gently pull it out Note Make sure all paper fragments are removed 3 Close the rear door Clearing jams 257 4 Push the back of the standard tray 5 Press down the rear duplex flap then firmly grasp the jammed paper and then gently pull the paper out Note Make sure all paper fragments are removed ANN wee ANNT 6 Insert the standard tray 7 From the printer control panel touch Done to clear the message and continue printing x page jam remove standard bin jam 203 1 Firmly grasp the jammed paper on each side and then gently pull it out Note Make sure all paper fragments are removed Clearing jams 258 2 From the printer control panel touch Done to clear the message and continue printing x page jam remove tray 1 to clear duplex 235 239 1 Pull out the tray completely Note Lift the tray slightly and then pull it out Q gt
222. magazine clippings The scanner lets you scan documents directly to a File Transfer Protocol FTP server Only one FTP address may be sent to the server at a time When an FTP destination has been configured by your system support person the name of the destination becomes available as a shortcut number or it is listed as a profile under the Held Jobs icon An FTP destination could also be another PostScript printer for example a color document can be scanned and then sent to a color printer Creating shortcuts Instead of entering the entire FTP site address on the printer control panel each time you want to send a document to an FTP server you can create a permanent FTP destination and assign a shortcut number There are two methods for creating shortcut numbers using the Embedded Web Server and using the printer control panel Creating an FTP shortcut using the Embedded Web Server 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 Scanning 138 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Navigate to Settings gt Other Settings area gt Manage Shortcuts gt FTP Shortcut Setup 3 Enter the appropriate information Note A password may be required If you do not have an ID and
223. mber shortcut enter the fax numbers for the group e Separate each fax number in the group with a semicolon 4 Assign a shortcut number Note If you enter a number that is already in use then you are prompted to select another number 5 Click Add Creating a fax destination shortcut using the printer control panel 1 From the home screen touch Fax and then enter the fax number Note To create a group of fax numbers touch Next number and then enter the next fax number oO 2 Touch 3 Type a unique name for the shortcut and then touch Done 4 Verify that the shortcut name and number are correct and then touch OK Note If the name or number is incorrect then touch Cancel and then reenter the information Customizing fax settings Changing the fax resolution 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Faxing 132 Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to Fax gt enter the fax number gt Options 4 From the Resolution area touch the arrows to select the resolution you want Note Select a resolution from Standard fastest sp
224. media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to E mail gt Recipient s gt 4 gt type the name of the recipient gt Search 4 Touch the name of the recipient Note To enter additional recipients touch Next address and then enter the address or shortcut number that you want to add or search the address book 5 Touch Done Customizing e mail settings Adding e mail subject and message information 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to E mail gt Recipient s gt type the e mail address gt Done 4 Touch Subject then type the e mail subject and then touch Done 5 Touch Message then type your message and then touch Done Changing the output file type 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes
225. ment touch Cancel Job on the printer control panel Canceling a copy job while copying pages using the scanner glass From the home screen touch Cancel Job Canceling appears on the display When the job is canceled the Copy screen appears Canceling a copy job while pages are being printed 1 From the printer control panel touch Cancel Job or press x on the keypad 2 Touch the job you want to cancel and then touch Delete Selected Jobs Note If you press x on the keypad then touch Resume to return to the home screen Understanding the copy options Copy from This option opens a screen where you can select the paper size of the original document Touch the paper size that matches the original document e To copy an original document that contains mixed paper sizes with the same width touch Mixed Sizes e To set the printer to automatically detect the size of the original document touch Auto Size Sense Copying 103 Copy to This option opens a screen where you can enter the paper size and type on which your copies will be printed e Touch the paper size and type that matches the paper loaded e ifthe settings for Copy from and Copy to are different then the printer automatically adjusts the Scale setting to accommodate the difference e ifthe paper type or size that you want to copy onto is not loaded in one of the trays then touch Manual Feeder and manually load the paper in the multipurpose feeder
226. ment on the scanner glass then a set consists of one page e If you scan multiple pages using the ADF then a set consists of all scanned pages until the ADF tray becomes empty f you scan one page using the ADF then a set consists of one page Copying 101 For example 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt Advanced Options gt Custom Job gt On gt aS gt Copy It Note When the end of a set is reached the scan screen appears 4 Load the next document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass and then touch Scan from automatic feeder or Scan from flatbed Note Change the scan job settings if necessary 5 Ifyou have another document to scan then repeat the previous step Otherwise touch Finish the job Placing information on copies Placing a header or footer on pages 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencie
227. more of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message e Complete the Fax Server setup If the message appears again then contact your system support person Troubleshooting 268 Fax Station Name not set up Contact system administrator Try either of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message e Complete the Analog Fax setup If the message appears again after completing the setup then contact your system support person Fax Station Number not set up Contact system administrator Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message e Complete the Analog Fax setup If the message appears again after completing the setup then contact your system support person Imaging unit low 84 xy You may need to order a replacement imaging unit If necessary select Continue on the printer control panel to clear the message and continue printing Imaging unit nearly low 84 xy If necessary touch Continue on the printer control panel to clear the message and continue printing Imaging unit very low x estimated pages remain 84 xy You may need to replace the imaging unit very soon For more information see the Replacing supplies section of the User s Guide If necessary touch Continue on the printer control panel to clear the message and continue printing Incompatible tray x 59
228. n Paper is the factory default setting for Tray 1 Custom Type x is the factory default setting for all other trays e If available a user defined name will appear instead of Custom Type x e Use this menu to configure automatic tray linking Note Only installed trays and feeders are listed in this menu pT a O a EE E E a E E e E Understanding the printer menus MP Feeder Size A4 AS A6 JIS BS Letter Legal Executive Oficio Mexico Folio Statement Universal 7 3 4 Envelope 9 Envelope 10 Envelope DL Envelope C5 Envelope B5 Envelope Other Envelope MP Feeder Type Plain Paper Card Stock Transparency Recycled Labels Bond Envelope Rough Envelope Letterhead Preprinted Colored Paper Light Paper Heavy Paper Rough Cotton Custom Type x 147 Specify the paper size loaded in the multipurpose feeder Notes Letter is the U S factory default setting A4 is the international factory default setting From the Paper menu set Configure MP to Cassette for MP Feeder Size to appear as a menu The multipurpose feeder does not automatically detect paper size The paper size value must be set Specify the paper type loaded in the multipurpose feeder Notes e Plain Paper is the factory default setting From the Paper menu set Configure to Cassette for MP Feeder Type to appear as a menu Note Only installed trays and feeders are listed in this menu Understanding
229. n analog phone line Non Dell supply type see User s Guide 33 xy Note The supply type can either be a toner cartridge or imaging unit The printer has detected a non Dell supply or part installed in the printer Your Dell printer is designed to function best with genuine Dell supplies and parts Use of third party supplies or parts may affect the performance reliability or life of the printer and its imaging components All life indicators are designed to function with Dell supplies and parts and may deliver unpredictable results if third party supplies or parts are used Imaging component usage beyond the intended life may damage your Dell printer or associated components Warning Potential Damage Use of third party supplies or parts can affect warranty coverage Damage caused by the use of third party supplies or parts are not covered by the warranty To accept any and all of these risks and to proceed with the use of non genuine supplies or parts in your printer press and hold x and on the printer control panel simultaneously for 15 seconds to clear the message and continue printing If you do not wish to accept these risks then remove the third party supply or part from your printer and then install a genuine Dell supply or part Note For the list of supported supplies see the Ordering supplies section of the User s Guide or visit www dell com support printers Not enough free space in flash memory for res
230. n for a linked set of bins e Cancel the print job Check tray x connection Try one or more of the following Turn off the printer and then turn it back on If the error occurs a second time then 1 Turn off the printer Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet Remove the indicated tray Reattach the tray uu FB WN Connect the power cord to a properly grounded electrical outlet 6 Turn the printer back on If the error occurs again then 1 Turn off the printer 2 Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet 3 Remove the tray 4 Contact technical support From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message and resume the job Close door or insert cartridge The toner cartridge is missing or not installed properly Insert the cartridge and then close all doors and covers Close flatbed cover and load originals if restarting job 2yy xx Try one or more of the following Touch Scan from automatic feeder to continue scanning from the ADF immediately after the last successful scan job e Touch Scan from flatbed to continue scanning from the scanner glass immediately after the last successful scan job Touch Finish job without further scanning to end the last successful scan job Note This does not cancel the scan job All successfully scanned pages will be processed further for copying faxing or e mailing e Touch Cancel job to clear the message and cancel the scan job
231. nable Auto IP settings to Off It also sets Enable BOOTP and Enable RARP to Off on systems that support BOOTP and RARP Netmask View or change the current TCP IP netmask Gateway View or change the current TCP IP gateway Enable DHCP Specify the DHCP address and parameter assignment On Note On is the factory default setting Off Enable RARP Specify the RARP address assignment setting On Note Off is the factory default setting Off Enable BOOTP Specify the BOOTP address assignment setting On Note On is the factory default setting Off Enable AutolP Specify the Zero Configuration Networking setting Yes Note Yes is the factory default setting No Enable FTP TFTP Enable the built in FTP server which lets you send files to the printer using File Transfer Yes Protocol No Note Yes is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Use Enable HTTP Server Yes No WINS Server Address 161 To Enable the built in Web server Embedded Web Server When enabled the printer can be monitored and managed remotely using a Web browser Note Yes is the factory default setting View or change the current WINS server address Backup DNS Server Address Enable DDNS View or change the current DDNS setting Yes Note Yes is the factory default setting No Enable mDNS View or change the current mDNS setting Yes Note Yes is the factory default setting No DNS Server Address View or change the current DNS
232. nal print server through the USB port Set the gateway information for an external print server Note This menu item is available only if the printer is attached to an external print server through the USB port Note This menu appears only when an optional serial card is installed Understanding the printer menus 167 Use To PCL SmartSwitch Set the printer to automatically switch to PCL emulation when a print job received On through a serial port requires it regardless of the default printer language Off Notes Onis the factory default setting e When set to Off the printer does not examine incoming data The printer uses PostScript emulation if PS SmartSwitch is set to On It uses the default printer language specified in the Setup menu if PS SmartSwitch is set to Off PS SmartSwitch Set the printer to automatically switch to PS emulation when a print job received On through a serial port requires it regardless of the default printer language Off Notes e Onis the factory default setting e When set to Off the printer does not examine incoming data The printer uses PCL emulation if PCL SmartSwitch is set to On It uses the default printer language specified in the Setup menu if PCL SmartSwitch is set to Off NPA Mode Set the printer to perform the special processing required for bidirectional On communication following the conventions defined by the NPA protocol Off Notes Auto e Auto is the factory default
233. nated immediately e Allow means a server certificate is requested If no certificate is provided then the session proceeds normally If a bad certificate is provided then it will be ignored and then the session proceeds normally e Never means no server certificate is requested Limit the digit length of the PIN Note 4 is the is the factory default setting Confidential Print menu Use Max Invalid PIN Off 2 10 Confidential Job Expiration Off 1 hour 4 hours 24 hours 1 week Repeat Job Expiration Off 1 hour 4 hours 24 hours 1 week Note Off is the factory default setting XX aK Set a limit on the number of times an invalid PIN can be entered Notes e This menu item appears only when a formatted working printer hard disk is installed When the limit is reached the print jobs for that user name and PIN are deleted Set a limit on how long the printer stores confidential print jobs Notes e If the Confidential Job Expiration setting is changed while confidential print jobs reside in the printer memory or printer hard disk then the expiration time for those print jobs does not change to the new default value e If the printer is turned off then all confidential jobs held in the printer memory are deleted Set a limit on how long the printer stores print jobs Understanding the printer menus 173 Use aie Verify Job Expiration Set a limit on how long the p
234. nd pieces of paper around the printer using a soft brush or vacuum 4 Dampen a clean lint free cloth with water and use it to wipe the outside of the printer Warning Potential Damage Do not use household cleaners or detergents to prevent damage to the exterior of the printer 5 Make sure all areas of the printer are dry before sending a new print job Maintaining the printer 233 Cleaning the scanner glass Clean the scanner glass if you encounter print quality problems such as streaks on copied or scanned images 1 Slightly dampen a soft lint free cloth or paper towel with water 2 Open the scanner cover 3 Remove the white underside of the scanner cover Maintaining the printer 234 4 Open the bottom ADF door 5 Wipe the ADF scanner glass under the ADF door 6 Close the bottom ADF door 7 Place the white underside of the scanner cover on the scanner glass and then close the scanner cover Maintaining the printer 235 8 Wipe the areas shown and then let them dry White underside of the scanner cover Scanner glass ADF glass hl win e White underside of the ADF cover 9 Close the scanner cover Checking the status of parts and supplies A message appears on the display when a replacement supply item is needed or when maintenance is required Checking the status of parts and supplies on the printer control panel From the home screen touch Status Supplies gt View Suppl
235. nd use your email address as your password e Electronic Support Service mobile_support us dell com support us dell com la techsupport dell com Latin America and Caribbean countries only apsupport dell com Asian Pacific countries only support jp dell com Japan only support euro dell com Europe only Electronic Quote Service apmarketing dell com Asian Pacific countries only sales_canada dell com Canada only Appendix 331 Warranty and Return Policy Dell Inc Dell manufactures its hardware products from parts and components that are new or equivalent to new in accordance with industry standard practices For information about the Dell warranty for your printer refer to the Product Information Guide Index Index Numerics 2100 sheet tray installing 46 loading paper 64 550 sheet tray installing 46 loading 57 Symbols x page jam open upper rear door 202 254 x page jam clear manual feeder 250 260 x page jam lift front cover to remove cartridge 200 201 251 x page jam open automatic feeder top cover 28y xx 261 x page jam open tray x 24x 259 x page jam open upper and lower rear door 231 234 255 x page jam remove standard bin jam 203 257 x page jam remove tray 1 to clear duplex 235 239 258 A accessing Status Monitor Center 245 accessing the Embedded Web Server 21 Active NIC menu 157 adapter plug 123 adding hardware options
236. nect the printer Go to step 8 Connect the printer cable securely to the printer and the computer print server option or other network device Step 9 Make sure to install all hardware options properly and remove any packing material Are all hardware options properly installed and all packing material removed Step 10 Check if you have selected the correct port settings in the printer driver Are the port settings correct Go to step 10 Go to step 11 Turn off the printer remove all packing materials then reinstall the hardware options and then turn on the printer Use correct printer driver settings Step 11 Check the installed printer driver Is the correct printer driver installed Step 12 Turn off the printer then wait for about 10 seconds and then turn the printer back on Is the printer working Go to step 12 The problem is solved Install the correct printer driver Contact technical support a Troubleshooting Printer display is blank Action Step 1 Press the Sleep button on the printer control panel Does Ready appear on the printer display Yes The problem is solved 283 No Go to step 2 Step 2 Turn off the printer then wait for about 10 seconds and then turn the printer back on Do Please wait and Ready appear on the printer display x The problem is solved Turn off the printer and then contac
237. ng the Embedded Web Server 131 creating shortcuts using the printer control panel 131 distinctive ring service 127 fax setup 114 forwarding faxes 134 holding faxes 133 making a fax lighter or darker 132 sending a fax at a scheduled time 130 sending using the printer control panel 128 setting the date and time 128 setting the fax number 127 setting the outgoing fax name 127 viewing a fax log 132 file name scan options 141 finding more information about the printer 10 finding printer IP address 21 Finishing menu 212 firmware card 28 flash drive printing from 86 Flash Drive menu 206 flash drives supported file types 87 font sample list printing 91 Forms and Favorites setting up 23 forwarding faxes 134 FTP FTP options 141 FTP address creating shortcuts using the printer control panel 138 FTP address scanning to using a shortcut number 138 using the printer control panel 138 FTP options advanced options 143 FTP 141 FTP Settings menu 202 G green settings Eco Mode 224 Quiet Mode 224 H hardware options adding print driver 51 held jobs 89 printing from a Macintosh computer 90 printing from Windows 90 Help menu 222 hiding icons on the home screen 22 holding faxes 133 home screen customizing 22 hiding icons 22 showing icons 22 home screen applications configuring 23 finding information 23 home screen buttons and icons description 17 HTML menu 220 l icons on the home screen hiding 22 showing 22 Image m
238. nit open c Lower the scanner unit Did the scanner unit close properly Yes Contact technical support Yes The problem is solved 317 No The problem is solved Contact technical support Solving fax problems e Caller ID is not shown on page 318 e Cannot send or receive a fax on page 318 e Can receive but not send faxes on page 320 e Can send but not receive faxes on page 321 e Fax and e mail functions are not set up on page 322 e Received fax has poor print quality on page 322 Troubleshooting Caller ID is not shown Action Contact your telephone company to check if your telephone line is subscribed to the caller ID service Notes e If your region supports multiple caller ID patterns then you may have to change the default setting There are two settings available FSK pattern 1 and DTMF pattern 2 The availability of these settings in the Fax menu depends on whether your country or region supports multiple caller ID patterns e Contact your telephone company to determine which pattern or switch setting to use Does the caller ID appear Yes The problem is solved 318 Contact technical support X Cannot send or receive a fax Action Step 1 Check if an error or status message appears on the display Is there an error or status message on the display Yes
239. nloaded from the Embedded Web Server and saved on a computer Nene Understanding the printer menus Use Delete Log Yes No Configure Log Enable Audit Yes No Enable Remote Syslog No Yes Remote Syslog Facility 0 23 Severity of events to log 0 7 Set Date Time menu Use Current Date and Time Manually Set Date and Time 174 To Specify whether or not audit logs are deleted Note Yes is the factory default setting Specify how and whether or not audit logs are created Notes e Enable Audit determines if events are recorded in the secure audit log and remote syslog No is the factory default setting Enable Remote Syslog determines if logs are sent to a remote server No is the factory default setting Remote Syslog Facility determines the value used to send logs to the remote syslog server 4 is the factory default setting e If the security audit log is activated then the severity value of each event is recorded 4 is the factory default setting To View the current date and time settings for the printer Enter the date and time Note Date Time is set in YYYY MM DD HH MM SS format Time Zone Automatically Observe DST On Off Select the time zone Note GMT is the factory default setting Set the printer to use the applicable daylight saving time DST start and end times associated with the printer Time Zone setting Note On is the factory default setting
240. nt on both sides while the copy will have print on just one side e 2sided to 2 sided The original document has print on both sides and the copy will also have print on both sides Allow copying two or four sheets of a document on one page Note Off is the factory default setting Specify whether or not a border is printed Note Off is the factory default setting Keep the pages of a print job stacked in sequence when printing multiple copies Note 1 2 3 1 2 3 is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Use Original Size Letter Legal Executive Folio Statement Oficio Mexico Universal Auto Size Sense Mixed Sizes A4 A5 A6 JIS B5 Difficult Media Letter Difficult Media A5 Difficult Media Legal Difficult Media A4 Custom Scan Size x Book Original Business Card 3x5in 4x6in ID Card To Specify the paper size of the original document Notes e Letter is the U S factory default setting e A4 is the international factory default setting 186 Copy To Source Tray x Auto Size Match Multipurpose Feeder Specify the paper source for copy jobs Note Tray 1 is the factory default setting Transparency Separators On Off Separator Sheets Off Between Copies Between Jobs Between Pages Place a sheet of paper between transparencies Note On is the factory default setting Place a sheet of paper between pages copies or jobs Note Off is the f
241. nter is connected to an analog phone service or the correct digital connector The fax modem is an analog device Certain devices can be connected to the printer so that digital telephone services can be used e If you are using an ISDN telephone service then connect the printer to an analog telephone port an R interface port on an ISDN terminal adapter For more information and to request an R interface port contact your ISDN provider e Ifyou are using DSL then connect to a DSL filter or router that will support analog use For more information contact your DSL provider e If you are using a PBX telephone service then make sure you are connecting to an analog connection on the PBX If none exists then consider installing an analog telephone line for the fax machine Is the printer connected to an analog phone service or the correct digital connector Step 7 Check for a dial tone Did you hear a dial tone Go to step 7 Go to step 8 Connect the printer to an analog phone service or the correct digital connector e Try calling the fax number to make sure that it is working properly e If the telephone line is being used by another device then wait until the other device is finished before sending a fax e If you are using the On Hook Dial feature then turn up the volume to check if you hear a dial tone Troubleshooting Action Step 8 Temporarily disconnect other equipment su
242. ntication required privileges Login Plain Note No authentication required is the factory default setting CRAM MD5 Digest MD5 NTLM Kerberos 5 eee Understanding the printer menus Use Device Initiated E mail None Use Device SMTP Credentials User Initiated E mail None Use Device SMTP Credentials Use Session User ID amp Password Use Session E mail address amp Password Prompt User Device Userid Device Password Kerberos 5 Realm NTLM Domain 170 To Specify what credentials will be used when communicating to the SMTP server Some SMTP servers require credentials to send an e mail Notes None is the factory default setting for Device Initiated E mail and User Initiated E mail Device Userid and Device Password are used to log in to the SMTP server when Use Device SMTP Credentials is selected Security menu Edit Security Setups menu Use aie Edit Backup Password Create a backup password Use Backup Password Notes e Off T e Offis the factory default setting for Use Backup Password n arene F Pascword This menu item appears only if a backup password exists Edit Building Blocks Edit settings for Internal Accounts NTLM Simple Kerberos Setup Kerberos Setup Internal Accounts Active Directory LDAP Password and PIN NTLM Simple Kerberos Setup Kerberos Setup Active Directory LDAP LDAP GSSAPI Password PIN Edit Security Templates
243. ntosh computer 90 printing from Windows 90 resolution e mail options 111 fax options 135 scan options 142 resolution fax changing 131 Restore held jobs 277 restoring factory default settings 247 RJ 11 adapter 123 S safety information 8 9 Save As Shortcut copy options 104 e mail options 110 scan options 141 saving paper 100 Scan document too long 277 scan options darkness 142 file name 141 original size 141 page setup 142 resolution 142 Save As Shortcut 141 Scan Preview 143 send as 142 Scan Preview scan options 143 scan preview fax options 135 scan screen content source 142 content type 142 Scan to Computer setting up 140 Scan to Network setting up 25 using 137 scan troubleshooting cannot scan from a computer 324 partial document or photo scans 324 scan job was not successful 325 scanner unit does not close 317 326 scanning takes too long or freezes the computer 326 scanner Automatic document feeder ADF 15 functions 14 scanner glass 15 Scanner automatic feeder cover open 277 Scanner disabled by admin 840 01 277 Scanner disabled Contact system administrator if problem persists 840 02 278 340 scanner glass cleaning 233 copying using 94 Scanner jam remove all originals from the scanner 2yy xx 278 Scanner jam remove jammed originals from the scanner 2yy xx 278 Scanner maintenance required soon use ADF Kit 80 278 scanning from a flash drive 141 quick copy 93 to a computer
244. nues using the linked tray Configure MP menu Use a Ke Configure MP Determine when the printer selects paper from the multipurpose feeder Cassette Notes Manual e Cassette is the factory default setting Cassette configures the multipurpose feeder as the automatic paper source First e Manual sets the multipurpose feeder only for manual feed print jobs e First configures the multipurpose feeder as the primary paper source Understanding the printer menus Paper Size Type menu Tray x Size A4 AS A6 JIS B5 Letter Legal Executive Oficio Mexico Folio Statement Universal 7 3 4 Envelope 9 Envelope 10 Envelope DL Envelope C5 Envelope B5 Envelope Other Envelope Tray x Type Plain Paper Card Stock Transparency Recycled Labels Vinyl Labels Bond Letterhead Preprinted Colored Paper Light Paper Heavy Paper Rough Cotton Custom Type x 146 Specify the paper size loaded in each tray Notes Letter is the U S factory default setting A4 is the international factory default setting e If two trays contain paper of the same size and type and the trays have the same settings then the trays are automatically linked The multipurpose feeder may also be linked When one tray is empty the print job continues using the linked tray The A6 paper size is supported only in Tray 1 and in the multipurpose feeder Specify the type of paper loaded in each tray Notes e Plai
245. number of minutes you want the printer to wait before it enters Sleep mode 4 Click Submit Using the printer control panel 1 From the home screen navigate to gt Settings gt General Settings gt Timeouts gt Sleep Mode 2 Inthe Sleep Mode field select the number of minutes you want the printer to wait before it enters Sleep mode and then touch Submit Saving money and the environment 226 Using Hibernate mode Hibernate is an ultra low power operating mode Notes e Three days is the default amount of time before the printer enters Hibernate mode e Make sure to wake the printer from Hibernate mode before sending a print job A hard reset or a long press of the Sleep button wakes the printer from Hibernate mode e ifthe printer is in Hibernate mode then the Embedded Web Server is disabled 1 From the home screen navigate to gt Settings gt General Settings 2 From the Press Sleep Button or Press and Hold Sleep Button menu select Hibernate and then touch Submit Adjusting the brightness of the printer display To save energy or if you are have trouble reading from the display adjust the brightness of the display Select from 20 to 100 The factory default setting is 100 Using the Embedded Web Server 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appea
246. numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Reports and then click the type of report you want to view Configuring supply notifications from the Embedded Web Server You can determine how you would like to be notified when supplies run nearly low low very low or reach their end of life by setting the selectable alerts Notes Selectable alerts can be set on the toner cartridge imaging unit and maintenance kit e All selectable alerts can be set for nearly low low and very low supply conditions Not all selectable alerts can be set for the end of life supply condition E mail selectable alert is available for all supply conditions The percentage of estimated remaining supply that prompts the alert can be set on some supplies for some supply conditions 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Managing the printer 247 Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e If you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt Print Settings gt Supply Notifications 3 From the drop down menu for each supply select one of the following notification options Notification Description
247. o to step 3 No Go to step 2 Increase the scan resolution settings for a higher quality output Troubleshooting Action Step 3 Clean the scanner glass and the ADF glass using a clean lint free cloth dampened with water Is the scanner glass clean Step 4 Check the placement of the document or photo Make sure the document or photo is loaded facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner Is the document or photo loaded correctly Step 5 Send a print job and then check for print quality problems From the General Settings menu adjust the Eco Mode settings e From the Copy menu adjust the Darkness setting e When the print becomes faded replace the toner cartridge Is the print quality satisfactory Step 6 Check the scan settings From the Scan screen make sure the Content Type and Content Source settings are correct for the document being scanned Are the Content Type and Content Source settings correct for the document being scanned Yes Go to step 4 Go to step 5 Go to step 6 Go to step 7 325 No Gy See Cleaning the scanner glass on page 233 Place the document or photo facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner u See Print quality problems on page 295 Change the Content Type and Content Source settings to match the document being scanned Step 7 Increase the scan resolution settings for a higher qua
248. ob canceled Try one or more of the following e Touch Continue to clear the message and continue scanning e Delete fonts macros and other data stored in the printer hard disk Troubleshooting 267 e Install a hard disk with higher capacity Disk must be formatted for use in this device From the printer control panel touch Format disk to format the printer hard disk and clear the message Note Formatting deletes all the files stored in the printer hard disk Disk near full Securely clearing disk space Try one or more of the following e Touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing e Delete fonts macros and other data stored on the printer hard disk Install a hard disk with higher capacity Error reading USB drive Remove USB An unsupported USB device is inserted Remove the USB device and then insert a supported one Error reading USB hub Remove hub An unsupported USB hub has been inserted Remove the USB hub and then install a supported one Fax memory full From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message Fax partition inoperative Contact system administrator Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message e Turn off the printer and then turn it back on If the message appears again then contact your system support person Fax server To Format not set up Contact system administrator Try one or
249. obs to free up additional printer memory Load paper source with custom string paper orientation Try one or more of the following Load the indicated tray or feeder with the correct size and type of paper To use the tray with the correct paper size or type touch Finished loading paper on the printer control panel Note If the printer finds a tray that has the correct paper size and type then it feeds from that tray If the printer cannot find a tray with the correct paper type and size then it prints from the default paper source e Cancel the current job Load paper source with custom type name paper orientation Try one or more of the following Load the tray or feeder with the correct size and type of paper To use the tray with the correct paper size or type touch Finished loading paper on the printer control panel Note If the printer detects a tray that has the correct paper size and type then it feeds from that tray If the printer cannot detect a tray that has the correct paper size and type then it prints from the default paper source e Cancel the current job Troubleshooting 271 Load paper source with paper size paper orientation Try one or more of the following Load the specified tray or feeder with the correct size of paper To use the tray or feeder with the correct size of paper touch Finished loading paper on the printer control panel Note If the printer finds a tray or fe
250. om the ADF tray 2 Open the ADF cover Pr 3 Firmly grasp the jammed paper on each side and then gently pull it out Note Make sure all paper fragments are removed Clearing jams 262 4 Close the ADF cover 5 Open the scanner cover 6 If the jam is in the bottom ADF door or ADF exit bin then open the bottom ADF door and then firmly grasp the jammed paper on each side Note Make sure all paper fragments are removed 7 Close the bottom ADF door Clearing jams 263 8 Straighten the edges of the original documents then load the documents into the ADF and then adjust the paper guide 9 From the printer control panel touch Done to clear the message and continue printing Troubleshooting 264 Troubleshooting Understanding the printer messages Cartridge low 88 xy You may need to order a replacement toner cartridge If necessary touch Continue on the printer control panel to clear the message and continue printing Cartridge nearly low 88 xy If necessary touch Continue on the printer control panel to clear the message and continue printing Cartridge very low x estimated pages remain 88 xy You may need to replace the toner cartridge very soon For more information see the Replacing supplies section of the User s Guide If necessary touch Continue on the printer control panel to clear the message and continue printing Change paper source to custom string load orientation
251. onfiguration from a file click Import and then browse to the saved configuration file that was exported from a previously configured printer Notes Before importing the configuration file you can choose to preview it first or load it directly Ifa timeout occurs and a blank screen appears then refresh the Web browser and then click Apply 3 To export or import a configuration for multiple applications do the following a Click Settings gt Import Export b Do either of the following e To export a configuration file click Export Embedded Solutions Settings File and then follow the instructions on the computer screen to save the configuration file e To import a configuration file do the following 1 Click Import Embedded Solutions Settings File gt Choose File and then browse to the saved configuration file that was exported from a previously configured printer 2 Click Submit Additional printer setup 28 Additional printer setup Installing internal options CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD If you are accessing the controller board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer then turn the printer off and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing If you have any other devices attached to the printer then turn them off as well and unplug any cables going into the printer Available internal options Note Some options are available only in select printer
252. ong running the length of the paper or grain short running the width of the paper For 60 176 g m 16 47 Ib paper grain long paper is recommended Fiber content Most high quality xerographic paper is made from 100 chemically treated pulped wood This content provides the paper with a high degree of stability resulting in fewer paper feeding problems and better print quality Paper containing fibers such as cotton can negatively affect paper handling Selecting paper Using the appropriate paper prevents jams and helps ensure trouble free printing To help avoid paper jams and poor print quality e Always use new undamaged paper Before loading paper know the recommended printable side of the paper This information is usually indicated on the paper package Do not use paper that has been cut or trimmed by hand Do not mix paper sizes types or weights in the same tray mixing results in jams Do not use coated papers unless they are specifically designed for electrophotographic printing Selecting preprinted forms and letterhead e Use grain long for 60 90 g m 16 24 Ib paper e Use only forms and letterhead printed using an offset lithographic or engraved printing process e Avoid paper with rough or heavily textured surfaces e Use inks that are not affected by the resin in toner Inks that are oxidation set or oil based generally meet these requirements latex inks might not Print samples on preprinted
253. ontent Type Specify the content of the original document Text Note Text Photo is the factory default setting Graphics Text Photo Photo Content Source Specify how the original document was produced Black White Laser Note Black White Laser is the factory default setting Color Laser Inkjet Photo Film Magazine Newspaper Press Other Color Specify whether the printer captures and transmits content in color or in black and On Note On is the factory default setting Resolution Specify the quality of the scan in dots per inch dpi 75 dpi Note 150 dpi is the factory default setting 150 dpi 200 dpi 300 dpi 400 dpi 600 dpi Understanding the printer menus 203 Use To Darkness Lighten or darken the output 1 9 Note 5 is the factory default setting Orientation Specify the page orientation of the scanned image Portrait Note Portrait is the factory default setting Landscape Original Size Specify the paper size of the original document Letter Notes Legal Exec tve e Letter is the U S factory default setting Folio A4 is the international factory default setting Statement Oficio Mexico Universal Auto Size Sense Mixed Sizes A4 A5 A6 JIS B5 Difficult Media Letter Difficult Media A5 Difficult Media Legal Difficult Media A4 Custom Scan Size x Best for content 5 90 Book Original Business Card 3x5 in 4x 6in Sides Duplex Specify the page ori
254. opy in a single copy job a document that contains mixed paper sizes Notes e Offis the factory default setting This menu appears only when a working printer hard disk is installed Save custom copy settings as shortcuts Note On is the factory default setting Adjust the amount of background visible on a copy Note 0 is the factory default setting Auto Center Off On Automatically center the content on the page Note Off is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Use Color Dropout Color Dropout None Red Green Blue Default Red Threshold 0 255 Default Green Threshold 0 255 Default Blue Threshold 0 255 188 Le Specify which color to drop during scanning and to adjust the dropout setting for each color threshold Notes e None is the factory default setting for Color Dropout 128 is the factory default setting for each color threshold Contrast 0 5 Best for content Specify the contrast used for the copy job Note Best for content is the factory default setting Mirror Image Off On Create a mirror image of the original document Note Off is the factory default setting Negative Image Create a negative image of the original document Scan edge to edge Off Note Off is the factory default setting On Shadow Detail Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible on a copy 4to4 Note 0 is the factory default sett
255. ord to a properly grounded electrical outlet 5 Turn the printer back on USB port x disabled 56 From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message Notes e The printer discards any data received through the USB port Troubleshooting 281 e Make sure the USB Buffer menu is not set to Disabled Weblink server not set up Contact system administrator From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message Note If the message appears again then contact your system support person Solving printer problems e Basic printer problems on page 281 e Hardware and internal option problems on page 283 e Paper feed problems on page 286 Basic printer problems The printer is not responding Action Yes No Step 1 Go to step 2 Turn on the printer Make sure the printer is turned on Is the printer turned on Step 2 Press the Sleep button Go to step 3 Check if the printer is in Sleep mode or Hibernate mode to wake the printer from Sleep mode or Hibernate mode Is the printer in Sleep mode or Hibernate mode Step 3 Go to step 4 Plug one end of the Check if one end of the power cord is plugged into the printer and the power cord into the other to a properly grounded electrical outlet printer and the other to a properly grounded Is the power cord plugged into the printer and a properly grounded eleretlcaloatek electrical outlet Step 4 Unplug t
256. ostcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt Copy from gt Mixed Sizes gt ZS 4 Navigate to Copy to gt Letter gt S gt Copy It The scanner identifies the different paper sizes as they are scanned and then scales the mixed paper sizes to fit on the paper size selected Copying on both sides of the paper duplexing 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides Copying 98 3 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt Sides Duplex gt select the preferred duplexing method Note For the preferred duplexing method the first number represents sides of the original documents while the second number represents sides of the copy For example select 2 sided to 2 sided if you have two sided original documents and you want t
257. ot restored 278 Standard network software error 54 279 Standard USB port disabled 56 279 Supply needed to complete job 279 Too many disks installed 58 279 Too many flash options installed 58 279 Too many trays attached 58 280 Tray x paper size unsupported 280 Unformatted flash detected 53 280 Unsupported camera mode unplug camera and change mode 280 Unsupported disk 280 Unsupported option in slot x 55 280 Unsupported USB hub please remove 267 USB port x disabled 56 280 Weblink server not set up Contact system administrator 281 printer options troubleshooting internal option is not detected 283 internal print server 284 Internal Solutions Port 284 tray problems 285 USB parallel interface card 286 printer parts controller board 28 printer problems solving basic 281 printer security information on 231 printing canceling from the printer control panel 91 directory list 91 339 font sample list 91 forms 85 from a mobile device using AirPrint 88 from a mobile device using Dell Mobile Print 88 from flash drive 86 from Macintosh 85 from Windows 85 menu settings page 55 network setup page 56 printing a directory list 91 printing a document 85 printing a font sample list 91 printing a menu settings page 55 printing a network setup page 56 printing confidential and other held jobs from a Macintosh computer 90 from Windows 90 printing forms 85 printing
258. ote On is the factory default setting On All Rings Single Ring Only Double Ring Only Triple Ring Only Single or Double Rings Only Specify ring patterns when the printer is answering calls Note All Rings is the factory default setting Single or Triple Rings Only Double or Triple Rings Only E mail Settings menu Use To E mail Server Setup Subject Message File Name Specify e mail server information Notes e The subject field has a limitation of 255 characters e The message field has a limitation of 512 characters E mail Server Setup Send me a copy Never appears On by default Off by default Always On Send a copy of the e mail to the sender Note Never appears is the factory default setting E mail Server Setup Max E mail size 0 65535 KB Specify the maximum e mail size in kilobytes KB Note E mails bigger than the specified maximum size are not sent E mail Server Setup Size Error Message E mail Server Setup Limit destinations Send a message when an e mail is bigger than the configured size limit Specify a domain name such as a company domain name and then limits e mail destinations only to that domain name Notes e E mail can be sent only to the specified domain e The limit is one domain Understanding the printer menus Use E mail Server Setup Web Link Setup Server Login Password Path File Name Web Link Forma
259. ouch Prompt each page paper loaded or Do not prompt paper loaded to clear the message and continue printing From the printer control panel touch Automatically select paper to use the paper loaded in the tray e Cancel the print job Troubleshooting 272 Load Manual Feeder with paper size paper orientation Try one or more of the following Load the feeder with the correct size of paper From the printer control panel touch Prompt each page paper loaded or Do not prompt paper loaded to clear the message and continue printing e From the printer control panel touch Automatically select paper to use the paper loaded in the tray e Cancel the print job Load Manual Feeder with paper type paper size paper orientation Try one or more of the following Load the feeder with the correct size and type of paper From the printer control panel touch Prompt each page paper loaded or Do not prompt paper loaded to clear the message and continue printing From the printer control panel touch Automatically select paper to use the paper loaded in the tray e Cancel the print job Maintenance kit low 80 xy You may need to order a maintenance kit For more information contact technical support or your Dell printer dealer If necessary touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing Maintenance kit nearly low 80 xy For more information contact technical support or your Dell printer deale
260. our message and then touch Done 4 Adjust the e mail settings Note If you change the settings after the e mail shortcut has been created then the settings are not saved 5 Touch a 6 Type a unique name for the shortcut and then touch Done 7 Verify that the shortcut name is correct and then touch OK If the shortcut name is incorrect then touch Cancel and then reenter the information Notes The shortcut name appears in the E mail Shortcuts icon on the printer home screen e You can use the shortcut when e mailing another document using the same settings E mailing 108 E mailing a document You can use the printer to e mail scanned documents to one or more recipients in a number of ways You can type the e mail address use a shortcut number or use the address book You can also use the Multi Send or MyShortcut application from the printer home screen For more information see Activating the home screen applications on page 23 Sending an e mail using the printer control panel 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guide
261. ources 52 Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing e Delete fonts macros and other data stored in the flash memory Troubleshooting 274 e Install a flash memory card with larger capacity Note Downloaded fonts and macros not previously stored in the flash memory are deleted Paper changes needed Try one or more of the following e Touch Use current supplies to clear the message and continue printing e Cancel the current print job Parallel port x disabled 56 Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message Enable the parallel port From the printer control panel navigate to Network Ports gt Parallel x gt Parallel Buffer gt Auto Note The printer discards any data received through the parallel port Printer had to restart Last job may be incomplete From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing For more information visit www dell com support printers or contact technical support Reinstall missing or unresponsive cartridge 31 xy Try one or more of the following Check if the toner cartridge is missing If missing install the toner cartridge For information on installing the cartridge see the Replacing supplies section of the User s Guide e ifthe toner cartridge is installed then remove t
262. out fax shortcuts FTP Shortcuts Print a report containing information about FTP shortcuts Profiles List Print a list of profiles stored in the printer Print Fonts Print a report of all the fonts available for the printer language currently set in the printer Print Directory Print a list of all the resources stored in an optional flash memory card or printer hard disk Notes e Job Buffer Size must be set to 100 e Make sure the optional flash memory or printer hard disk is working and installed correctly Asset Report Print a report containing asset information including the printer serial number and model name The report contains text and UPC bar codes that can be scanned into an asset database Network Ports menu Active NIC menu Active NIC Allow the printer to connect to a network Auto Notes list of available network cards Auto is the factory default setting e This menu item appears only if an optional network adapter is installed Understanding the printer menus 158 Standard Network or Network x menu Note Only active ports appear in this menu All inactive ports are omitted Use To PCL SmartSwitch Set the printer to automatically switch to PCL emulation when a print job requires On it regardless of the default printer language Off Notes e Onis the factory default setting e If PCL SmartSwitch is disabled then the printer does not examine incoming data and it uses
263. p Page Shortcut List Fax Job Log Fax Call Log Copy Shortcuts E mail Shortcuts Fax Shortcuts FTP Shortcuts Profiles List Print Fonts Print Directory Print Demo Asset Report Help Print All Guides Copy Guide E mail Guide Fax Guide FTP Guide Print Defects Guide Information Guide Network Ports Active NIC Standard Network Standard USB Parallel x Serial x SMTP Setup Manage Shortcuts Fax Shortcuts E mail Shortcuts FTP Shortcuts Copy Shortcuts Profile Shortcuts 144 Security Edit Security Setups Miscellaneous Security Settings Confidential Print Erase Temporary Data Files Security Audit Log Set Date and Time Option Card Menu2 A list of installed DLEs Download Emulators appears 1 Depending on the printer setup this menu appears as Standard Network or Network x 2 This menu appears only when one or more DLEs are installed Understanding the printer menus 145 Paper menu Default Source menu Use Ae Default Source Set a default paper source for all print jobs Tray x Notes Multipurpose Feeder Manual Paper e Tray 1 standard tray is the factory default setting Manual Envelope From the Paper menu set Configure MP to Cassette for Multipurpose Feeder to appear as a menu setting e If two trays contain paper of the same size and type and the trays have the same settings then the trays are automatically linked When one tray is empty the print job conti
264. password then contact your system support person 4 Enter a shortcut number Note If you enter a number that is already in use then you are prompted to select another number 5 Click Add Creating an FTP shortcut using the printer control panel 1 From the home screen navigate to oO FTP gt FTP gt type the FTP address gt gt type a name for the shortcut gt Done 2 Verify that the shortcut name and number are correct and then touch OK Notes Ifthe name or number is incorrect then touch Cancel and then reenter the information f you enter a number that is already in use then you are prompted to select another number Scanning to an FTP address You can use the printer to send scanned documents to an FTP address in a number of ways You can type the FTP address use a shortcut number or use the address book You can also use the Multi Send Scan to Network or MyShortcut application from the printer home screen For more information see Activating the home screen applications on page 23 Scanning to an FTP address using the printer control panel 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly
265. pen a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e If you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt General Settings gt Quiet Mode gt select a setting Saving money and the environment 225 Use To On Reduce printer noise Notes e Print jobs are processed at a reduced speed e Printer engine motors do not start until a document is ready to print There will be a short delay before the first page is printed Off Use factory default settings Note This setting supports the performance specifications of the printer 3 Click Submit Adjusting Sleep mode To save energy decrease the number of minutes before the printer enters Sleep mode Select from 1 to 120 minutes The factory default setting is 30 minutes Using the Embedded Web Server 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e If you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt General Settings gt Timeouts 3 In the Sleep Mode field enter the
266. pinch the power cord between objects such as furniture and walls If any of these things happen a risk of fire or electrical shock results Inspect the power cord regularly for signs of such problems Remove the power cord from the electrical outlet before inspecting it Safety information 9 Refer service or repairs other than those described in the user documentation to a service representative A CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD To avoid the risk of electrical shock when cleaning the exterior of the printer unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all cables from the printer before proceeding A CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD Do not use the fax feature during a lightning storm Do not set up this product or make any electrical or cabling connections such as the fax feature power cord or telephone during a lightning storm CAUTION TIPPING HAZARD Floor mounted configurations require additional furniture for stability You must use either a printer stand or printer base if you are using multiple input options If you purchased a multifunction printer MFP that scans copies and faxes then you may need additional furniture For more information contact the place where you purchased the printer CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY To reduce the risk of equipment instability load each tray separately Keep all other trays closed until needed SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Learning about the printer Learning about the printer 10
267. places Custom Type x in the printer menus Understanding the printer menus Custom Scan Sizes menu Use Custom Scan Size x Scan Size Name Media Type ADF Media Type Plain Paper Card Stock Transparency Recycled Labels Vinyl Labels Bond Envelope Rough Enveloope Letterhead Preprinted Colored Paper Light Paper Heavy Paper Rough Cotton Custom Type x Width 1 8 5 inches 25 216 mm Height 1 25 inches 25 635 0 mm Orientation Portrait Landscape 2 scans per side Off On Le Specify a custom scan size name scan sizes and options The custom scan size name replaces Custom Scan Size x in the printer menus Notes 155 ADF Media Type is the factory default setting for custom scan sizes 3 4 5 and 6 Rough Cotton is the factory default setting for custom scan sizes 1 and 2 8 5 inches is the U S factory default setting for Width 210 millimeters is the international factory default setting for Width 14 inches is the U S factory default setting for Height 297 millimeters is the international factory default setting for Height Portrait is the factory default setting for Orientation Off is the factory default setting for 2 scans per side ee es Universal Setup menu Units of Measure Inches Millimeters Identify the units of measure Notes e Inches is the US factory default setting Millimeters is the international factory default setting Understand
268. power cord plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical outlet Go to step 3 Connect the power cord to the printer and a properly grounded electrical outlet Step 3 Turn off the printer then wait for about 10 seconds and then turn it back on Did Performing Self Test and Ready appear The problem is solved Contact technical support Troubleshooting Partial document or photo copies Action Step 1 Check the placement of the document or photo Make sure the document or photo is loaded facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner Is the document or photo loaded correctly Step 2 Check if the paper size setting matches the size of the paper loaded in the tray From the Paper menu on the printer control panel check the Paper Size setting Does the paper size setting match the size of the paper loaded in the tray Step 3 a Specify the paper size Depending on your operating system specify the paper size in Printing Preferences or the Print dialog b Resend the print job Do copies print properly Poor copy quality Action Step 1 Check if an error or status message appears on the display Does an error or status message appear Yes Go to step 2 Go to step 3 The problem is solved Yes Clear the error or status message 315 Place the document or photo facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner Change t
269. print driver 51 ADF copying using 93 adjusting brightness Embedded Web Server 226 printer display 226 adjusting copy quality 98 adjusting display brightness 226 adjusting Sleep mode 225 adjusting toner darkness 85 advanced options copy options 104 e mail options 112 fax options 136 FTP options 143 AirPrint using 88 answering machine setting up 115 AppleTalk menu 162 applications home screen 23 understanding 22 attaching cables 48 available internal options 28 avoiding jams 82 avoiding paper jams 248 B blocking junk faxes 132 buttons printer control panel 16 buttons touch screen using 19 C cables Ethernet 48 USB 48 canceling a print job from a computer 91 from the printer control panel 91 canceling an e mail 110 cannot open Embedded Web Server 328 Card Copy setting up 23 card stock loading 70 tips 77 Cartridge low 88 xy 264 Cartridge nearly low 88 xy 264 Cartridge very low x estimated pages remain 88 xy 264 Change paper source to custom string load orientation 264 Change paper source to custom type name load orientation 264 Change paper source to paper size load orientation 264 332 Change paper source to paper type paper size load orientation 265 Check tray x connection 265 checking an unresponsive printer 281 checking status of parts and supplies 235 checking the status of parts and supplies 235 checking the virtual display using the Embedded
270. print jobs be removed from the print queue if they On require unavailable printer options or custom settings They are Off stored in a separate print queue so other jobs print normally When the missing information or options are obtained the stored jobs print Notes e Off is the factory default setting e This menu appears only when a printer hard disk is installed This requirement ensures that stored jobs are not deleted if the printer loses power Print Area Set the logical and physical printable area Normal Notes Fit to Page Whole Page e Normal is the factory default setting When attempting to print data in the non printable area defined by the Normal setting the printer clips the image at the boundary e Whole Page allows the image to be moved into the non printable area defined by the Normal setting Whole Page only affects pages printed using a PCL 5e interpreter This has no effect on pages printed using the PCL XL or PostScript interpreter Set the storage location for downloads Notes RAM is the factory default setting Storing downloads in the RAM is temporary e Storing downloads in the flash memory or in a printer hard disk places them in permanent storage Downloads remain in the flash memory or in the printer hard disk even when the printer is turned off e This menu appears only when a formatted working flash drive or printer hard disk is installed Understanding the printer menus Resource Save
271. printer to e mails siviicctseivcsesdeeteeentadsleasclvees a cvwesseekces bceveuadas coves A T 106 Creating an e mail SHOrtCUt cccecccssssssseeeceecescssessssseeeceecesceseessuseseceecesesessusaeeseeeeseesesasasesesnseaaees 107 Emailing a OCU IMEEM Circ oa cs lt sve ec ces soa aa tae a a a hob eu du aas wat dda Qu ee a laa sue sTan anaes a ene 108 Customizing Mail SCttiNgS cccesssssscceecescssnsnsecececesesesessueeseeecessusesssseeseeesessesususeseeeesseseasesesessnanees 109 Canceling amie Malllecccs 2 ana a aie sacaabaadvanses eede aves coaeduedeitadeesbloviueeseaw ac deotecantenanecke 110 Understanding the e mail OPtions cccccccccccccccccsssssssssnsnsanseeceeececescesessesesnnaesseseeeeseecesesssesesseeeeeeeeeess 110 PAM Bia cccscss cons scvenavesvach T E uitacsvenexsecusnoesss A LEO Setting Up the printer to fans tanins ekiana aa a N aE a a a a a e aaia aa 113 SOWING a FAK E E E A E 128 Creating shortcuts nne ar a E a a a a aE 131 C stomizing fax Settings asione a r aE are a E Ea aaa ATEA 131 Contents 5 CAaNCElING AN GUTS OING Taksien ea a ai eeen oaa ar oean a e katea E Aenea raaa 133 Holding and forwarding faxes ccccccssesssssssensnssececeececesceseseesnsaeeseseeceeceesessesensesaesaeeseseeseessseeeeeeseneesss 133 Understanding the faxoptionS iasa a E a A AEE ei 134 SCANMIN T AE E E E E E LOT Using Scanito NeEtWorkenesntsnn eeann a a E a E a E A 137 Scanning to an FTP Address v 0v c4
272. r A CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD If you are accessing the controller board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer then turn the printer off and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing If you have any other devices attached to the printer then turn them off as well and unplug any cables going into the printer Additional printer setup Warning Potential Damage Controller board electronic components are easily damaged by static electricity Touch a metal surface on the printer before touching any controller board electronic components or connectors 1 Access the controller board For more information see Accessing the controller board on page 28 2 Unpack the printer hard disk 3 Locate the appropriate connector on the controller board cage pn p p pm p p p a e e p lt et SS SS Note If an optional ISP is currently installed then the printer hard disk must be installed onto the ISP 40 Additional printer setup 41 To install a printer hard disk onto the ISP a Remove the screws attached to the printer hard disk mounting bracket and then remove the bracket b Align the standoffs of the printer hard disk to the holes in the ISP and then press the printer hard d
273. r Faxing 124 Connecting the printer to a non RJ 11 wall jack LINE 1 Connect one end of the telephone cable that came with printer to the port of the printer 2 Connect the other end of the cable to the RJ 11 adapter and then connect the adapter to the wall jack 3 If you want to connect another device telephone or answering machine to the same wall jack and if the device has a non RJ 11 connector then connect it directly to the telephone adapter Notes e The port of the printer may have an adapter plug for use with the adapter Do not remove the plug from the port of the printer In some countries or regions the printer may not come with a telephone adapter or an adapter plug Faxing 125 Connecting the printer to a wall jack in Germany The German wall jack has two kinds of ports The N ports are for fax machines modems and answering machines The F port is for telephones NFN Faxing 126 Connect the printer to any of the N ports 1 Connect one end of the telephone cable that came the printer to the port of the printer 2 Connect the other end of the telephone cable to the RJ 11 adapter and then connect the adapter to an N port 3 If you want to connect a telephone and answering machine to the same wall jack then connect the devices as shown Note Do not remove the adapter plug from the port of the printer if you are connecting to a serial or cascaded telephone
274. r If necessary touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing Maintenance kit very low x estimated pages remain 80 xy You may need to replace the maintenance kit very soon For more information contact technical support or your Dell printer dealer If necessary touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing Memory full 38 Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Cancel job to clear the message e Install additional printer memory Memory full cannot print faxes From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message without printing Held faxes attempt to print after the printer is restarted Troubleshooting 273 Memory full cannot send faxes 1 From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message and cancel the fax job 2 Try one or more of the following Reduce the fax resolution and then resend the fax job e Reduce the number of pages in the fax and then resend the fax job Network x software error 54 Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to continue printing e Turn off the printer wait for about 10 seconds and then turn the printer back on Update the network firmware in the printer or print server For more information contact technical support or your Dell printer dealer No analog phone line connected to modem fax is disabled Connect the printer to a
275. r Dell printer dealer Does the toner still rub off Toner specks appear on prints Replace the imaging unit and then resend the print job Contact technical The problem is solved support Do toner specks appear on prints Transparency print quality is poor Action Yes Step 1 Go to step 2 Set the paper type to From the printer control panel set the paper type in the Paper menu to Transparency match the paper loaded in the tray Is the paper type for the tray set to Transparency Step 2 Contact technical The problem is solved a Check if you are using a recommended type of transparency support b Resend the print job Is the print quality still poor Troubleshooting Uneven print density BS ABCD ABCD 313 Replace the imaging unit and then resend the print job Is the print density uneven Contact technical support The problem is solved Vertical voids appear on prints Leading edge Trailing edge Action Step 1 a Make sure your software program is using a correct fill pattern b Resend the print job Do vertical voids appear on prints Yes Go to step 2 No The problem is solved Step 2 a From the printer control panel set the paper type and weight in the Paper menu to match the paper loaded in the tray b Resend the print job Do vertical voids appear on prints Step 3 Check if you are using a recommend
276. r IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 2 Click Settings gt Remote Operator Panel Settings 3 Select the Enable check box and then customize the settings 4 Click Submit To use the application click Remote Operator Panel gt Launch VNC Applet Exporting and importing a configuration You can export configuration settings into a text file and then import the file to apply the settings to other printers 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Note View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 2 To export or import a configuration for one application do the following a Click Settings gt Apps gt Apps Management b From the list of installed applications click the name of the application you want to configure Setting up and using the home screen applications 27 c Click Configure and then do either of the following e To export a configuration to a file click Export and then follow the instructions on the computer screen to save the configuration file Notes When saving the configuration file you can type a unique file name or use the default name Ifa JVM Out of Memory error occurs then repeat the export process until the configuration file is saved e To import a c
277. r IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt Paper Menu gt Custom Names 3 Select a custom name and then type a custom paper type name 4 Click Submit 5 Click Custom Types and then verify if the new custom paper type name has replaced the custom name Using the printer control panel 1 From the home screen navigate to gt Paper Menu gt Custom Names 2 Select a custom name and then type a custom paper type name 3 Touch Submit 4 Touch Custom Types and then verify if the new custom paper type name has replaced the custom name Assigning a custom paper type Using the Embedded Web Server Assign a custom paper type name to a tray when linking or unlinking trays 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 Loading paper and specialty media e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt Paper Menu gt Custom Types 3 Select a custom paper type name and then select a paper type Note Paper is the factory default paper type for all user defined c
278. r lies flat in the tray b Check if the tray closes properly Is the tray working Step 2 The problem is solved Go to step 3 Reinstall the tray For more information see the setup documentation that came with the tray La Troubleshooting Action Step 4 Check if the tray is available in the printer driver Note If necessary manually add the tray in the printer driver to make it available for print jobs For more information see Adding available options in the print driver on page 51 Is the tray available in the printer driver Yes The problem is solved 286 No Contact technical support USB parallel interface card does not operate correctly Action Step 1 Make sure the USB or parallel interface card is installed a Install the USB or parallel interface card For more information see a Installing an Internal Solutions Port on page 35 b Print a menu settings page and then check if the USB or parallel interface card is listed in the Installed Features list Is the USB or parallel interface card listed in the Installed Features list Yes Go to step 2 Check if you have a supported USB or parallel interface card Note A USB or parallel interface card from another printer may not work on this printer La XR L Step 2 The problem is solved Contact technical Check the cable and the USB or parallel interface
279. r on the wrong paper Action Yes No Step 1 The problem is solved Go to step 2 a Check if you are printing on paper that is supported by the tray b Resend the print job Did the job print from the correct tray or on the correct paper Step 2 The problem is solved Go to step 3 a From the Paper menu on the printer control panel set the paper size and type to match the paper loaded in the tray b Resend the print job Did the job print from the correct tray or on the correct paper Step 3 The problem is solved Go to step 4 a Depending on your operating system open Printing Preferences or the Print dialog and then specify the paper type b Resend the print job Did the job print from the correct tray or on the correct paper Step 4 a Check if the trays are not linked b Resend the print job Did the job print from the correct tray or on the correct paper Se Se The problem is solved Contact technical support Troubleshooting Large jobs do not collate 291 a From the printer software set Collate to 1 2 3 1 2 3 Note Setting Collate to 1 1 1 2 2 2 in the software overrides the setting in the Finishing menu b Resend the print job Did the job print and collate correctly Action Yes No Step 1 The problem is solved Go to step 2 a From the Finishing menu on the printer control panel set Collate to 1 2 3 1 2 3 b Resend the print job Did the
280. r printer base if you are using multiple input options If you purchased a multifunction printer MFP that scans copies and faxes then you may need additional furniture For more information contact the place where you purchased the printer Learning about the printer Basic model Automatic document feeder ADF ADF tray ADF bin Standard bin Printer control panel 100 sheet multipurpose feeder Standard 550 sheet tray 13 Learning about the printer 14 Fully configured model The following illustration shows the maximum number of optional trays that are supported by the printer For more information on other configurations visit our Web site 1 Optional 550 sheet trays Note A lockable 550 sheet tray is also available For more information contact the place where you purchased the printer 2 Caster base 3 Optional 2100 sheet tray When using optional trays e Always use a caster base when the printer is configured with an optional 2100 sheet tray e The optional 2100 sheet tray must always be at the bottom of a configuration and may be paired with only one optional 550 sheet tray e Three optional 550 sheet trays may be configured with the printer Understanding the basic functions of the scanner e Make quick copies or set the printer to perform specific copy jobs e Send a fax using the printer control panel e Send a fax to multiple fax destinations at the same
281. r unsecured SSIDs Enter a network name Manually type the SSID Note Make sure to type the correct SSID Wi Fi Protected Setup Connect the printer to a wireless network using Wi Fi Protected Setup 3 Follow the instructions on the printer display Connecting the printer to a wireless network using Wi Fi Protected Setup Before you begin make sure that e The access point wireless router is Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS certified or WPS compatible For more information see the documentation that came with your access point e A wireless network adapter installed in your printer is attached and working properly For more information see the instruction sheet that came with the wireless network adapter Using the Push Button Configuration method 1 From the printer control panel navigate to gt Network Ports gt Network x gt Network x Setup gt Wireless gt Wireless Connection Setup gt Wi Fi Protected Setup gt Start Push Button Method 2 Follow the instructions on the printer display Using the Personal Identification Number PIN method 1 From the printer control panel navigate to i gt Network Ports gt Network x gt Network x Setup gt Wireless gt Wireless Connection Setup gt Wi Fi Protected Setup gt Start PIN Method 2 Copy the eight digit WPS PIN Additional printer setup 54 3 Open a Web browser and then type the IP addr
282. ractices We do not endorse specific suppliers although a converter s product list for special applications is maintained However the following paper choice guidelines will help alleviate the environmental impact of printing 1 Minimize paper consumption 2 Be selective about the origin of wood fiber Buy from suppliers who carry certifications such as the Forestry Stewardship Council FSC or The Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification PEFC These certifications guarantee that the paper manufacturer uses wood pulp from forestry operators that employ environmentally and socially responsible forest management and restoration practices 3 Choose the most appropriate paper for printing needs normal 75 or 80 g m certified paper lower weight paper or recycled paper Unacceptable paper examples Test results indicate that the following paper types are at risk for use with laser printers e Chemically treated papers used to make copies without carbon paper also known as carbonless papers e Preprinted papers with chemicals that may contaminate the printer Preprinted papers that can be affected by the temperature in the printer fuser e Preprinted papers that require a registration the precise location on the page greater than 2 3 mm 0 9 in such as optical character recognition OCR forms In some cases registration can be adjusted with a software application to successfully print on these forms e Coated papers
283. rd disk drive installed The printer hard disk is designed for device specific functionality This lets the device retain buffered user data from complex print jobs as well as form data and font data XR a Erase the content of any installed printer memory in the following circumstances e The printer is being decommissioned e The printer hard disk is being replaced e The printer is being moved to a different department or location e The printer is being serviced by someone from outside your organization e The printer is being removed from your premises for service e The printer is being sold to another organization Disposing of a printer hard disk Note Some printer models may not have a printer hard disk installed In high security environments it may be necessary to take additional steps to make sure that confidential data stored in the printer hard disk cannot be accessed when the printer or its hard disk is removed from your premises Degaussing Flushes the hard disk with a magnetic field that erases stored data e Crushing Physically compresses the hard disk to break component parts and render them unreadable e Milling Physically shreds the hard disk into small metal bits Note Most data can be erased electronically but the only way to guarantee that all data is completely erased is to physically destroy each hard disk where data is stored Erasing volatile memory The volatile memory RAM installe
284. red then the printer ignores the flash drive e If you insert the flash drive while the printer is processing other print jobs then Busy appears on the printer display After these print jobs are processed you may need to view the held jobs list to print documents from the flash drive Warning Potential Damage Do not touch the USB cable any wireless network adapter any connector the memory device or the printer in the areas shown while actively printing reading or writing from the memory device Loss of data can occur 2 From the printer control panel touch the document you want to print 3 Touch the arrows to get a preview of the document 4 Use or to specify the number of copies to be printed and then touch Print Notes e Do not remove the flash drive from the USB port until the document has finished printing e If you leave the flash drive in the printer after leaving the initial USB menu screen then touch Held Jobs on the home screen to print files from the flash drive Supported flash drives and file types Notes e High speed USB flash drives must support the full speed standard Low speed USB devices are not supported USB flash drives must support the File Allocation Table FAT system Devices formatted with New Technology File System NTFS or any other file system are not supported Printing 88 Recommended flash drives File type Many flash drives are tested and approved for use with the
285. reen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt Fax Settings gt Analog Fax Setup gt Holding Faxes Faxing 134 3 From the Held Fax Mode menu select one of the following e Off e Always On e Manual e Scheduled 4 Ifyou selected Scheduled then continue with the following steps a Click Fax Holding Schedule b From the Action menu select Hold faxes c From the Time menu select the time you want the held faxes released d From the Day s menu select the day you want the held faxes released 5 Click Add Forwarding a fax This option lets you print and forward received faxes to a fax number e mail address FTP site or LDSS 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt Fax Settings 3 From the Fax Forwarding menu select Print Print and Forward or Forward 4 From the Forward to menu select Fax E mail FTP LDSS or eSF 5 Inthe Forward to Shortcut field enter the shortcut number where you want the fax forwarded Note The shortcut number mus
286. reen navigate to gt Paper Menu gt Universal Setup gt Units of Measure gt select a unit of measure 2 Touch Portrait Width or Portrait Height 3 Select the width or height and then touch Submit Loading the 550 sheet tray A CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY To reduce the risk of equipment instability load each tray separately Keep all other trays closed until needed 1 Pull out the tray Notes e When loading folio legal or Oficio size paper lift the tray slightly and pull it out completely e Avoid removing trays while a job prints or while Busy appears on the display Doing so may cause a jam Loading paper and specialty media 58 2 Squeeze and then slide the width guide to the correct position for the size of the paper you are loading until it clicks into place Note Use the paper size indicators at the bottom of the tray to help position the guides Loading paper and specialty media 59 3 Unlock the length guide and then squeeze and slide the guide to the correct position for the size of the paper you are loading Notes e Lock the length guide for all paper sizes e Use the paper size indicators at the bottom of the tray to help position the guides Loading paper and specialty media 60 4 Flex the sheets back and forth to loosen them and then fan them Do not fold or crease the paper Straighten the edges on a level surface 5 Load the paper stack with printable side fa
287. riginal document is mostly a photo or an image Text The content of the original document is mostly text or line art e Text Photo The original document is a mixture of text graphics and photos Copying 104 Select from the following content sources Black White Laser The original document was printed using a mono laser printer Color Laser The original document was printed using a color laser printer Inkjet The original document was printed using an inkjet printer Magazine The original document is from a magazine Newspaper The original document is from a newspaper Other The original document was printed using an alternate or unknown printer Photo Film The original document is a photo from film Press The original document was printed using a printing press Save As Shortcut This option lets you save the current settings by assigning a shortcut name Note Selecting this option automatically assigns the next available shortcut number Using the advanced options Select from the following settings Advanced Duplex This specifies the document orientation whether documents are one sided or two sided and how documents are bound Advanced Imaging This changes or adjusts Auto Center Background Removal Color Balance Color Dropout Contrast Mirror Image Negative Image Scan Edge to Edge Shadow Detail Sharpness and Temperature settings before you copy the document Create Booklet This creat
288. rinter 83 Paper Weight menu 151 paper weights supported by printer 83 Parallel x menu 164 Parallel port x disabled 56 274 parts checking status 235 checking from printer control panel 235 checking using the Embedded Web Server 235 PCL Emul menu 218 PDF menu 217 Personal Identification Number method using 53 phone splitter 120 photos copying 94 placing separator sheets between copies 99 port settings configuring 54 PostScript menu 217 power cord socket 48 preparing to set up the printer on an Ethernet network 51 print driver hardware options adding 51 print irregularities 303 337 print job canceling from computer 91 print quality cleaning the scanner glass 233 print quality troubleshooting blank pages 301 characters have jagged edges 295 clipped pages or images 296 compressed images appear on prints 297 gray background on prints 298 horizontal voids appear on prints 299 print irregularities 303 print is too dark 304 print is too light 306 printer is printing solid black pages 302 repeating defects appear on prints 307 shadow images appear on prints 308 skewed print 308 streaked horizontal lines appear on prints 309 streaked vertical lines 310 toner fog or background shading 311 toner rubs off 312 toner specks appear on prints 312 transparency print quality is poor 312 uneven print density 313 white streaks 313 print troubleshooting envelope seals when printing 289 error reading flash drive 289 h
289. rinter stores print jobs needing verification Off 1 hour 4 hours 24 hours 1 week Reserve Job Expiration Set a limit on how long the printer stores print jobs for printing at a later time Off 1 hour 4 hours 24 hours 1 week Note Off is the factory default setting Erase Temporary Data Files menu Erase Temporary Data Files deletes only print job data on the printer hard disk that are not currently in use by the file system All permanent data on the printer hard disk are preserved such as downloaded fonts macros and held jobs Note This menu appears only when a formatted working printer hard disk is installed Use To Wiping Mode Specify the mode for erasing temporary data files Auto Automatic Method Mark all disk space used by a previous print job This method does not permit the file Single pass system to reuse this space until it has been cleared Multiple pass Notes e Single pass is the factory default setting e Only automatic wiping enables users to erase temporary data files without having to turn off the printer for an extended amount of time e Highly confidential information should be erased using only the Multiple pass method r ha Security Audit Log menu Use aK Export Log Let an authorized user export the audit log Notes To export the audit log from the printer control panel a flash drive must be attached to the printer e The audit log can be dow
290. rities still appear Step 2 Go to step 3 Specify the paper size From the printer control panel set the paper size and type in the Paper and type from the tray menu to match the paper loaded in the tray settings to match the paper loaded in the Do the printer settings match the type and weight of the paper loaded in tray the tray Step 3 Go to step 4 The problem is solved a Depending on your operating system specify the paper type and weight from Printing Preferences or from the Print dialog b Resend the print job Do print irregularities still appear Troubleshooting 304 Action Yes No Step 4 From the printer Go to step 5 Check if the paper loaded in the tray has texture or rough finishes control panel set the paper texture in the or Paper menu to match Are you printing on textured or rough paper the paper loaded inahe tray Step 5 Go to step 6 The problem is solved a Load paper from a fresh package Note Paper absorbs moisture due to high humidity Store paper in its original wrapper until you use it b Resend the print job Do print irregularities still appear Step 6 Contact technical The problem is solved Replace the imaging unit and then resend the print job support or your Dell printer dealer Do print irregularities still appear XQ A Print is too dark AS ABC DEF Action Yes No Step 1 Go to step 2 The problem is solved a From the Quality menu on the printer con
291. rkce Cesky Simplified Chinese Traditional Chinese Japanese Custom Key x Paper Sizes US Metric Scan to PC Port Range port range 177 To Specify a language and custom key information for the printer keyboard The additional tabs enable access to accent marks and symbols from the keyboard Specify the default paper measurement Notes US is the factory default setting The initial setting is determined by your country or region selection in the initial setup wizard e Changing this setting also changes the default setting for each input source in the Paper Size Type menu Specify a valid port range for printers behind a port blocking firewall Note 9751 12000 is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Displayed Information Left side Right side Custom Text x Displayed Information continued Black Toner 178 Specify what is displayed on the upper left and right corners of the home screen For the Left side and Right side menus select from the following options None IP Address Hostname Contact Name Location Date Time mDNS DDNS Service Name Zero Configuration Name Custom Text x Model Name Notes IP Address is the factory default setting for Left side Date Time is the factory default setting for Right side Customize the displayed information for Black Toner Select from the following options When to display Do not display Disp
292. rom the home screen navigate to Copy gt Content 4 Touch the button that best represents the content type of the document you are copying e Text The content of the original document is mostly text or line art e Text Photo The original document is a mixture of text graphics and photos e Photo The original document is mostly a photo or an image e Graphics The original document is mostly business type graphics such as pie charts bar charts and animations Copying 99 5 Touch Sa 6 Touch the button that best represents the content source of the document you are copying e Color Laser The original document was printed using a color laser printer e Inkjet The original document was printed using an inkjet printer e Magazine The original document is from a magazine e Press The original document was printed using a printing press Black White Laser The original document was printed using a mono laser printer e Photo Film The original document is a photo from a film Newspaper The original document is from a newspaper e Other The original document was printed using an alternate or unknown printer 7 Touch oS gt Copy It Collating copies If you print multiple copies of a document then you can choose to print the copies as a set collated or to print the copies as groups of pages not collated ete EL Not collated gid 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tr
293. rounded electrical outlet 5 Turn the printer back on Too many flash options installed 58 1 Turn off the printer 2 Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet 3 Remove the extra flash memory 4 Connect the power cord to a properly grounded electrical outlet 5 Turn the printer back on Troubleshooting 280 Too many trays attached 58 1 Turn off the printer 2 Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet 3 Remove the extra trays 4 Connect the power cord to a properly grounded electrical outlet 5 Turn the printer back on Tray x paper size unsupported Replace with a supported paper size Unformatted flash detected 53 Try one or more of the following From the printer control panel touch Continue to stop the defragmentation and continue printing Format the flash memory Note If the error message remains then the flash memory may be defective and needs to be replaced Unsupported camera mode unplug camera and change mode The camera mode does not support PictBridge Unplug the camera change the mode and plug the camera back into the printer Unsupported disk Remove the unsupported printer hard disk and then insert a supported one Unsupported option in slot x 55 1 Turn off the printer 2 Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet 3 Remove the unsupported option card from the printer controller board and then replace it with a supported card 4 Connect the power c
294. rs as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt General Settings 3 Inthe Screen Brightness field enter the brightness percentage you want for the display 4 Click Submit Using the printer control panel 1 From the home screen navigate to gt Settings gt General Settings gt Screen Brightness In the Screen Brightness field enter the brightness percentage you want for the display and then touch Submit Saving money and the environment Recycling Recycling Dell products To return Dell products for recycling 1 Visit our Web site at www dell com recycle 2 Select your country or region 3 Follow the instructions on the computer screen 227 Securing the printer 228 Securing the printer Statement of Volatility Your printer contains various types of memory that can store device and network settings and user data Type of memory Description Volatile memory Your printer uses standard random access memory RAM to temporarily buffer user data during simple print jobs Non volatile memory Your printer may use two forms of non volatile memory EEPROM and NAND flash memory Both types are used to store the operating system device settings network information bookmark settings and embedded solutions Hard disk memory Some printers have a ha
295. rstanding the printer menus 169 Use To Parity Set the parity for serial input and output data frames Even Note None is the factory default setting Odd None Ignore Honor DSR Determine whether the printer uses the DSR Signal On Notes Off e Off is the factory default setting DSR is a handshaking signal used by most serial cables The serial port uses DSR to distinguish data sent by the computer from data created by electrical noise in the serial cable The electrical noise can cause stray characters to print Set this to On to prevent stray characters from printing SMTP Setup menu Use Ae Primary SMTP Gateway Specify SMTP server gateway and port information Primary SMTP Gateway Port Note 25 is the default SMTP gateway port Secondary SMTP Gateway Secondary SMTP Gateway Port SMTP Timeout Specify the amount of time in seconds before the server stops trying to 5 30 send an e mail Note 30 seconds is the factory default setting Reply Address Specify a reply address of up to 128 characters in the e mail sent by the printer Use SSL Set the printer to use SSL for increased security when connecting to the Disabled SMTP server Negotiate Notes Required Disabled is the factory default setting e When the Negotiate setting is used the SMTP server determines if SSL will be used SMTP Server Authentication Specify the type of user authentication required for scan to e mail No authe
296. rtcuts Email Shortcuts FTP Shortcuts Profiles and Solutions Bookmarks and Jobs by user Format the printer date Notes e MM DD YYYY is the U S factory default setting DD MM YYVYY is the international factory default setting Format the printer time Note 12 hour A M P M is the factory default setting Screen Brightness 20 100 Specify the brightness of the control panel screen Note 100 is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Use One Page Copy Off On Output Lighting Normal Standby Mode Off Dim Bright 180 To Set copies from the scanner glass to only one page at a time Note Off is the factory default setting Set the amount of light from the standard bin Notes e Dim is the factory default setting if Eco Mode is set to Energy or Energy Paper Bright is the factory default setting if Eco Mode is Off or set to Paper Error Lighting On Off Determine if indicator lights blink when the printer encounters errors Note On is the factory default setting Audio Feedback Button Feedback On Off Volume 1 10 Tactile Touchscreen Feedback On Off Set the audio volume for the buttons Notes e Onis the factory default setting for Button Feedback e Sis the factory default setting for Volume Provide touch screen sensation feedback Note On is the factory default setting Show Bookmarks Yes No Specify whether bookmarks are
297. s Note To avoid a cropped image make sure that the size of the original document and the copy paper size are the same 3 From the home screen navigate to E mail gt Recipient s 4 Type the e mail address or press using the keypad and then enter the shortcut number Notes To enter additional recipients touch Next address and then enter the address or shortcut number you want to add e You can also enter an e mail address using the address book 5 Touch Done gt Send It Sending an e mail using a shortcut number 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 Press then enter the shortcut number using the keypad and then touch A Note To enter additional recipients touch Next address and then enter the address or shortcut number that you want to add 4 Touch Send It E mailing 109 Sending an e mail using the address book 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin
298. s photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt Advanced Options gt Header Footer gt select where you want to place the header or footer gt select the type of header or footer you want 4 Enter the required information depending on the header or footer you selected and then touch Done 5 Touch Y and then press el Placing an overlay message on each page An overlay message can be placed on each page The message choices are Urgent Confidential Copy Custom and Draft 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Copying 102 Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt Advanced Options gt Overlay gt select overlay message gt Done gt Copy It Canceling a copy job Canceling a copy job while the original document is in the ADF When the ADF begins processing a docu
299. s as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt Security gt Disk Encryption Note Disk Encryption appears in the Security Menu only when a formatted non defective printer hard disk is installed 3 From the Disk encryption menu select Enable Notes Enabling disk encryption will erase the contents of the printer hard disk e Disk encryption can take from several minutes to more than an hour during which the printer will be unavailable for other user tasks 4 Click Submit Using the printer control panel 1 Turn off the printer 2 Hold down 2 and 6 while turning the printer on Release the buttons only when the screen with the progress bar appears The printer performs a power on sequence and then the Configuration menu appears When the printer is fully turned on a list of functions appears on the printer display 3 Touch Disk Encryption gt Enable Note Enabling disk encryption will erase the contents of the printer hard disk 4 Touch Yes to proceed with disk wiping Notes e Do not turn off the printer during the encryption process Doing so may result in loss of data e Disk encryption can take from several minutes to more than an hour during which the printer will be unavailable for other user tasks e Astatus bar will indicate the progress of the disk wiping task Aft
300. s bar appears The printer performs a power on sequence and then the Configuration menu appears When the printer is fully turned on the touch screen displays a list of functions 3 Touch Wipe Disk and then touch one of the following e Wipe disk fast This lets you overwrite the disk with all zeroes in a single pass e Wipe disk secure This lets you overwrite the disk with random bit patterns several times followed by a verification pass A secure overwrite is compliant with the DoD 5220 22 M standard for securely erasing data from a hard disk Highly confidential information should be wiped using this method 4 Touch Yes to proceed with disk wiping Notes e A status bar will indicate the progress of the disk wiping task e Disk wiping can take from several minutes to more than an hour during which the printer will be unavailable for other user tasks 5 Touch Back gt Exit Config Menu Securing the printer 230 The printer will perform a power on reset and then return to normal operating mode Configuring printer hard disk encryption Enable hard disk encryption to prevent loss of sensitive data in the event the printer or its hard disk is stolen Note Some printer models may not have a printer hard disk installed Using the Embedded Web Server 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appear
301. seeceeeceesessssnsnsaeeseeseessseseeeesausaeeseeeeesseseeeeess 264 Solving printer problems er esere e vores veeh EE N E e EE ce aey eh cudedeweueu veavaseadede oe 281 Solving Print proble S s a ae Ph sahCeaeth a pS earvdu sada date adthad dd Nee Than dee tlaaehe teenie ats 288 SOIVIAG COPY problem Santena Se sveedevsdasasslaaeesta ces A a Weeesscubendudeadendagasaeccvasucsunerts tees 314 Solving fax problem Saisie chan denctbaniaegeduawialaasads oer odeaeeupdabucaesngaan debs Hubwacudieaageduecdetcaeneees 317 SOlVINg scanner PrODlEMs enere a A a daa oleae thee Re 323 Solving home screen application ProbleMs cssccccccccecsssssssseecceecessesenseceeceescsssessseseeeceseseseseaseeeeeeses 328 Embedded Web Server does not OPen ccccceecesssesesesnsnsanaeaeeceeceeseeeessesesessesensauauseseeseseeseseesuseseseeeness 328 Contacting technical SUP POM eeraa eho st easier eases E Bia od igi eben eee Rade 329 PAD DEI IK sissies von xvasistbnevebesvecade va eieyan terete Wieeyi ince cave de dd el teavieen Gere ee SOU WACO E E E E E A A ed ch nein A A a eee Ree Safety information 8 Safety information Connect the power cord to a properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily accessible Do not place or use this product near water or wet locations A CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY This product uses a laser Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in haz
302. setting Auto Print Logs On Off Enable automatic printing of fax logs Notes On is the factory default setting Logs print after every 200 fax jobs Log Paper Source Tray x Multipurpose Feeder Logs Display Remote Station Name Dialed Number Enable Job Log On Off Enable Call Log On Off Log Output Bin Standard Bin Bin x Specify the source of the paper used for printing logs Note Tray 1 is the factory default setting Specify whether printed logs display the dialed number or fax name returned Note Remote Station Name is the factory default setting Enable access to the Fax Job log Note On is the factory default setting Enable access to the Fax Call log Note On is the factory default setting Specify the bin where fax logs are printed Notes Standard Bin is the factory default setting Bin x appears only when at least one optional bin is installed Speaker Mode Always Off On until Connected Always On Specify the mode of the speaker Notes On until Connected is the factory default setting A sound is issued until the fax connection is made e Always On turns the speaker on e Always Off turns the speaker off Speaker Volume High Low Control the volume setting Note High is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus 197 Ringer Volume Control the fax speaker ringer volume Off N
303. sided printing is selected from Print Properties or the print dialog depending on your operating system Understanding the printer menus 154 Custom x Loading Determine and set two sided printing for all print jobs with Custom x Duplex as the paper type Off Note Custom x Loading is available only when the custom type is supported Notes e Off is the factory default setting for all Paper Loading menu selections e Duplex sets the printer default to two sided printing for every print job unless one sided printing is selected from Print Properties or the print dialog depending on your operating system Custom Types menu Custom Type x Associate a paper or specialty media type with a factory default custom type name or a user defined Paper custom name created from the Embedded Web Server Card Stock Notes Aes pistae e Paper is the factory default setting Rough Cotton Labels e The custom media type must be supported by the selected tray or multipurpose feeder to print from that source Envelope Recycled Specify a paper type when Recycled is selected in other menus Paper Notes Card Stock Transparency e Paper is the factory default setting Rough Cotton The custom media type must be supported by the selected tray or multipurpose feeder to print Labels from that source Envelope Custom Names menu Use To Custom Name x Specify a custom name for a paper type This name re
304. ss field Notes View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt E mail FTP Settings gt E mail Settings 3 Enter the appropriate information and then click Submit E mailing 107 Creating an e mail shortcut Creating an e mail shortcut using the Embedded Web Server 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings 3 From the Other Settings column click Manage Shortcuts gt E mail Shortcut Setup 4 Typeaunique name for the e mail recipient and then type the e mail address If you are entering multiple addresses then separate each address with a comma 5 Click Add Creating an e mail shortcut using the printer control panel 1 From the home screen navigate to E mail gt Recipient gt type an e mail address To create a group of recipients touch Next address and then type the next recipient s e mail address 2 Touch Subject then type the e mail subject and then touch Done 3 Touch Message then type y
305. ssign Manual Env Off None 0 199 Specify whether the printer automatically performs a line feed LF after a carriage return CR control command Note Off is the factory default setting Configure the printer to work with printer software or programs that use different source assignments for trays and feeders Notes e Off is the factory default setting e None ignores the Select Paper Feed command This option appears only when it is selected by the PCL 5 interpreter e 0 199 allows a custom setting to be assigned 220 Understanding the printer menus Tray Renumber Tray Renumber View Factory Defaults MPF Default 8 T1 Default 1 T1 Default 4 T1 Default 5 T1 Default 20 T1 Default 21 Env Default 6 MPaper Default 2 MEnv Default 3 Restore Defaults Display the factory default setting assigned to each tray or feeder Restore all tray and feeder assignments to the factory default settings Yes i No HTML menu Font Name Joanna MT Set the default font for HTML documents Albertus MT Letter Gothic Note The Times font is used in HTML documents that do not Antique Olive Lubalin Graph specify a font Apple Chancery Marigold Arial MT Monalisa Recut Avant Garde Monaco Bodoni New CenturySbk Bookman New York Chicago Optima Clarendon Oxford Cooper Black Copperplate Coronet Courier Eurostile Garamond Geneva Gill Sans Goudy Helvetica Hoefler Text Int
306. surface Tips on using envelopes From the printer control panel set the paper size type texture and weight in the Paper menu to match the envelopes loaded in the tray Print samples on the envelopes being considered for use before buying large quantities e Use envelopes designed specifically for laser printers e For best performance use envelopes made from 90 g m 24 Ib paper or 25 cotton Use only new envelopes from undamaged packages e To optimize performance and minimize jams do not use envelopes that Have excessive curl or twist Are stuck together or damaged in any way Have windows holes perforations cutouts or embossing Have metal clasps string ties or folding bars Have an interlocking design Have postage stamps attached Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed or closed position Have bent corners Have rough cockle or laid finishes Paper and specialty media guide 78 e Adjust the width guides to fit the width of the envelopes Before loading the envelopes on the tray flex the stack of envelopes back and forth to loosen them and then fan them Straighten the edges on a level surface Note A combination of high humidity over 60 and high printing temperature may wrinkle or seal envelopes Tips on using labels From the printer control panel set the paper size type texture and weight in the Paper menu to match the labels
307. system Faxing 127 Connecting to a distinctive ring service A distinctive ring service may be available from your telephone company This service lets you have multiple telephone numbers on one telephone line with each telephone number having a different ring pattern This may be useful for distinguishing between fax and voice calls If you subscribe to a distinctive ring service then follow these steps to connect the equipment 1 Connect one end of the telephone cable that came with the printer to the printer LINE port a 2 Connect the other end of the telephone cable to an active analog telephone wall jack 3 Change the distinctive rings setting to match the setting you want for the printer to answer Note The factory default setting for distinctive rings is On This sets the printer to answer single double and triple ring patterns a From the home screen navigate to gt Settings gt Fax Settings gt Analog Fax Setup gt Answer On b Select the pattern setting you want to change and then touch Submit Setting the outgoing fax name and number 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e If you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings gt Fax Set
308. t Oficio Mexico Auto Size Sense Mixed Sizes A4 A5 A6 JIS B5 Difficult Media Letter Difficult Media A5 Difficult Media Legal Difficult Media A4 Custom Scan Size x Book Original Business Card 3x5in 4x6in Sides Duplex Off Long Edge Short Edge JPEG Quality Best for content 5 90 Text Default 5 90 207 aie Specify the paper size of the original document Note Letter is the US factory default setting A4 is the international factory default setting Specify how the text and graphics are oriented on a page Notes e Off is the factory default setting e Long Edge assumes binding along the long edge of the page left edge for portrait and top edge for landscape e Short Edge assumes binding along the short edge of the page top edge for portrait and left edge for landscape Set the quality of a JPEG photo image in relation to file size and quality Notes Best for content is the factory default setting e 5 reduces the file size but the quality of the image is lessened e 90 provides the best image quality but the file size is very large e This menu item applies to all scan functions Set the quality of the text in relation to file size and the quality of the image Note 75 is the factory default setting Text or Photo Default 5 90 Photo Default 5 90 Set the quality of a text or photo image in relation to file size and quality Note 75 is the factory defa
309. t PDF pdf Secure PDF TIFF tif JPEG jpg XPS xps PDF Version 1 2 1 7 A 1a Content Type Graphics Text Text Photo Photo 198 To Define the e mail server path name for example directory path Note The characters lt gt are invalid entries for a path name Specify the format of the scanned file Note PDF pdf is the factory default setting Set the version of the PDF file that will be scanned for e mailing Note 1 5 is the factory default setting Specify the content of the original document Note Text Photo is the factory default setting Content Source Black White Laser Color Laser Inkjet Photo Film Magazine Newspaper Press Other Specify how the original document was produced Note Black White Laser is the factory default setting Color Off On Specify whether the printer captures and transmits content in color or in black and white Note On is the factory default setting Resolution 75 dpi 150 dpi 200 dpi 300 dpi 400 dpi 600 dpi Specify the resolution of the scan in dots per inch Note 150 dpi is the factory default setting Darkness 1 9 Es Se a i i Lighten or darken the output Note 5 is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus Use Orientation Portrait Landscape Original Size Letter Legal Executive Folio Statement Oficio Mexico Universal Auto Size Sense Mixed Sizes A4 AS
310. t select your user name gt select the print job gt specify the number of copies gt Print For Macintosh users 1 With a document open choose File gt Print If necessary click the disclosure triangle to see more options 2 From the print options or Copies amp Pages pop up menu choose Job Routing 3 Select the print job type Confidential Repeat Reserve or Verify and then assign a user name For a confidential print job also enter a four digit PIN 4 Click OK or Print 5 From the printer home screen release the print job e For confidential print jobs navigate to Held jobs gt select your user name gt Confidential Jobs gt enter the PIN gt Print For other print jobs navigate to Held jobs gt select your user name gt select the print job gt specify the number of copies gt Print Modifying confidential print settings Note This feature is available only in network printers or printers connected to print servers 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address in the TCP IP section in the Network Ports menu The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 Printing 91 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings tab gt Security gt Confidential Print Setup 3 Modify the settings e Set a maximum number of PIN entry at
311. t technical support X Hardware and internal option problems Cannot detect internal option Action Step 1 Turn off the printer then wait for about 10 seconds and then turn on the printer Does the internal option operate correctly Yes The problem is solved Go to step 2 Step 2 Go to step 3 Connect the internal Check if the internal option is properly installed in the controller board option to the controller a Turnoffthe printer using the power switch and then unplug the power Bogard cord from the electrical outlet b Make sure the internal option is installed in the appropriate connector in the controller board c Connect the power cord to the printer then to a properly grounded electrical outlet and then turn on the printer Is the internal option properly installed in the controller board Step 3 Go to step 4 Reinstall the internal Print a menu settings page and then check to see if the internal option is listed in the Installed Features list Is the internal option listed in the menu settings page option Na Troubleshooting Action Yes Step 4 a Check if the internal option is selected The problem is solved It may be necessary to manually add the internal option in the printer driver to make it available for print jobs For more information see Adding available options in the print driver on page 51 b Resend the print job Does
312. t be valid for the setting selected in the Forward to menu 6 Click Submit Understanding the fax options Content This option lets you specify the content type and source of the original document Select from the following content types e Graphics The original document is mostly business type graphics such as pie charts bar charts and animations e Photo The original document is mostly a photo or an image Text The content of the original document is mostly text or line art e Text Photo The original document is a mixture of text graphics and photos Faxing 135 Select from the following content sources Black White Laser The original document was printed using a mono laser printer e Color Laser The original document was printed using a color laser printer e Inkjet The original document was printed using an inkjet printer e Magazine The original document is from a magazine e Newspaper tThe original document is from a newspaper e Other The original document was printed using an alternate or unknown printer e Photo Film The original document is a photo from film e Press The original document was printed using a printing press Resolution This option lets you adjust the quality of the fax output Increasing the image resolution increases the file size and the time needed to scan your original document Decreasing the image resolution reduces the file size Select one of the following
313. t setting e Remote Login Timeout specifies how long a remote interface remains idle before automatically logging the user off Settings range from 1 to 120 seconds 10 minutes is the factory default setting Security Reset Jumper Change the value of the security settings Access controls No Security No Effect Reset factory security defaults Notes Access controls No Security retains all the security information that the user has defined No Security is the factory default setting e No Effect means the reset has no effect on the device s security configuration Reset factory security defaults deletes all security information that the user has defined and assigns the factory default value to each setting in the Miscellaneous Security Settings section of both the panel and the Embedded Web Server ee Understanding the printer menus 172 Use LDAP Certificate Verification Demand Try Allow Never Minimum PIN Length 1 16 To Allow the user to request a server certificate Notes e Demand means a server certificate is requested If a bad certificate is provided or if no certificate is provided then the session is terminated immediately Demand is the factory default setting e Try means a server certificate is requested If no certificate is provided then the session proceeds normally If a bad certificate is provided then the session is termi
314. t the scan job with the same settings from the previous scan job Replace last scanned page and jammed originals if restarting job Try one or more of the following e Touch Cancel job to clear the message and cancel the scan job e Touch Scan from automatic feeder to continue scanning from the ADF immediately after the last successful scan job e Touch Scan from flatbed to continue scanning from the scanner immediately after the last successful scan job e Touch Finish job without further scanning to end the last successful scan job e Touch Restart job to restart the scan job with the same settings from the previous scan job Replace maintenance kit 0 estimated pages remain 80 xy The printer is scheduled for maintenance Contact technical support or your Dell printer dealer and then report the message Replace missing fuser 80 xx 1 Install the missing fuser For more information see the instruction sheet that came with the replacement part 2 From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message Replace roller kit 81 xx Try one or more of the following Replace the roller kit For more information see the instruction sheet that came with the part From the printer control panel select Continue to clear the message and continue printing Replace separator pad Try one or more of the following e Replace the separator pad For more information see the instruction sheet that came with the supply e
315. tanding the printer menus Heavy Texture Smooth Normal Rough Rough Cotton Texture Rough Specify the relative texture of the heavy paper loaded in a specific tray Note Normal is the factory default setting Specify the relative texture of the rough or cotton paper loaded in a specific tray Note Rough is the factory default setting Custom x Texture Smooth Normal Rough Paper Weight menu Specify the relative texture of the custom paper loaded in a specific tray Note Normal is the factory default setting Use To Plain Weight Specify the relative weight of the plain paper loaded Light Note Normal is the factory default setting Normal Heavy Card Stock Weight Specify the relative weight of the card stock loaded Light Note Normal is the factory default setting Normal Heavy Transparency Weight Specify the relative weight of the transparencies loaded Light Note Normal is the factory default setting Normal Heavy Recycled Weight Specify the relative weight of the recycled paper loaded Light Note Normal is the factory default setting Normal Heavy Labels Weight Specify the relative weight of the labels loaded Light Note Normal is the factory default setting Normal Heavy Vinyl Labels Weight Specify the relative weight of the vinyl labels loaded Light Note Normal is the factory default setting Normal Heavy Bond Weight Specify the relative weight of the bond paper loaded L
316. te Print Borders Select the check box to print the scan image with a border around it 4 Click Apply To use the application touch Card Copy on the printer home screen and then follow the instructions Using MyShortcut Note A later version of this User s Guide may contain a direct link to the Administrator s Guide of this application To check for updates of this User s Guide go to www dell com support manuals _ Use To Create shortcuts on the printer home screen with settings for up to 25 frequently used copy fax or e mail jobs To use the application touch MyShortcut and then follow the instructions on the printer display Setting up and using the home screen applications 25 Setting up Multi Send Note A later version of this User s Guide may contain a direct link to the Administrator s Guide of this application To check for updates of this User s Guide go to www dell com support manuals Use To Scan a document and then send the scanned document to multiple destinations Note Make sure there is enough space in the printer hard disk 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Note View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The printer IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 2 Click Settings gt Apps gt Apps Management gt Multi Send 3 From the Pro
317. te This menu appears only when an optional parallel card is installed Understanding the printer menus 165 Use To PCL SmartSwitch Set the printer to automatically switch to PCL emulation when a print job received On through a serial port requires it regardless of the default printer language Off Notes Onis the factory default setting When set to Off the printer does not examine incoming data The printer uses PostScript emulation if PS SmartSwitch is set to On It uses the default printer language specified in the Setup menu if PS SmartSwitch is set to Off PS SmartSwitch Set the printer to automatically switch to PS emulation when a print job received On through a serial port requires it regardless of the default printer language Off Notes e Onis the factory default setting When set to Off the printer does not examine incoming data The printer uses PCL emulation if PCL SmartSwitch is set to On It uses the default printer language specified in the Setup menu if PCL SmartSwitch is set to Off NPA Mode Set the printer to perform the special processing required for bidirectional On communication following the conventions defined by the NPA protocol Off Notes Auto Parallel Buffer Disabled Auto 3K to maximum size allowed e Auto is the factory default setting e Changing this setting from the printer control panel and then exiting the menus causes the printer to restart The menu selection is then updated S
318. tempts When a user exceeds a specific number of PIN entry attempts all of the jobs for that user are deleted e Set an expiration time for confidential print jobs When a user has not printed the jobs within the specified time all of the jobs for that user are deleted 4 Save the modified settings Printing information pages Printing a font sample list 1 From the home screen navigate to gt Reports gt Print Fonts 2 Touch PCL Fonts or PostScript Fonts Printing a directory list A directory list shows the resources stored in a flash memory or in the printer hard disk From the home screen navigate to gt Reports gt Print Directory Canceling a print job Canceling a print job from the printer control panel 1 From the printer control panel touch Cancel Job or press x on the keypad 2 Touch the print job you want to cancel and then touch Delete Selected Jobs Note If you press x on the keypad then touch Resume to return to the home screen Canceling a print job from the computer For Windows users 1 Open the printers folder and then select your printer 2 From the print queue select the print job you want to cancel and then delete it Printing For Macintosh users 1 From System Preferences in the Apple menu navigate to your printer 2 From the print queue select the print job you want to cancel and then delete it 92 Copying 93 Copying Automatic document fe
319. ter control panel Use the To 1 Display e View the printer status and messages e Set up and operate the printer 2 Home button Go to the home screen 3 Sleep button Enable Sleep mode or Hibernate mode Do the following to wake the printer from Sleep mode Touch the screen or press any hard button e Open a door or cover Send a print job from the computer e Perform a power on reset POR with the main power switch e Attach a device to the USB port on the printer Enter numbers letters or symbols Start button Start a job depending on which mode is selected Clear All Reset button Reset the default settings of a function such as copying faxing or scanning Cancel button Cancel all printer activity Indicator light Check the status of the printer ol oIlIns an uu amp USB port Connect a flash drive to the printer Note Only the front USB port supports flash drives Understanding the colors of the Sleep button and indicator lights 16 The colors of the Sleep button and indicator lights on the printer control panel signify a certain printer status or condition Understanding the printer control panel 17 Indicator light Printer status Off The printer is off or in Hibernate mode Blinking green The printer is warming up processing data or printing Solid green The printer is on but idle Blinking red The printer requires user interven
320. ter menus Use Dialing Prefix Rules Prefix Rule x 192 To Establish a dialing prefix rule Automatic Redial 0 9 Redial frequency 1 200 Specify the number of times the printer tries to send the fax to a specified number Note 5 is the factory default setting Specify the number of minutes between redials Note 3 is the factory default setting Behind a PABX Enable or disable switchboard blind dialing without a dial tone Yes Note No is the factory default setting No Enable ECM Enable or disable Error Correction Mode for fax jobs Yes Note Yes is the factory default setting No Enable Fax Scans On Off Driver to fax Yes No Allow Save as Shortcut On Off Dial Mode Tone Pulse Max Speed 2400 4800 9600 14400 33600 Custom Job scanning On Off Fax files that are scanned at the printer Note On is the factory default setting Allow the printer driver to send fax jobs Note Yes is the factory default setting Save fax numbers as shortcuts in the printer Note On is the factory default setting Specify the dialing sound either as a tone or a pulse Note Tone is the factory default setting Specify the maximum speed in baud at which faxes are sent Note 33600 is the factory default setting Scan a document that contains mixed paper sizes into a single file Notes e Off is the factory default setting e This menu item appears only when a formatted wor
321. the 4 port of the printer 2 Connect the other end of the telephone cable to an active analog wall jack Tips for this setup e If you have only one telephone number on your line then you need to set the printer to receive faxes automatically Auto Answer On Set the printer to pick up calls two rings after the answering machine For example if the answering machine picks up calls after four rings then set the printer to pick up after six rings This way the answering machine picks up calls first and your voice calls are received If the call is a fax then the printer detects the fax signal on the line and takes over the call e If you subscribe to a distinctive ring service provided by your telephone company then make sure that you set the correct ring pattern for the printer Otherwise the printer does not receive faxes even if you have set it to receive faxes automatically Faxing 118 Setup 3 Printer is sharing the line with a telephone subscribed to voice mail service To connect 1 Connect one end of the telephone cable that came with the printer to the 4 port of the printer 2 Connect the other end of the telephone cable to an active analog wall jack 3 Connect the telephone to the z port of the printer Tips for this setup e This setup works best if you subscribe to a distinctive ring service If you have distinctive ring service then make sure that you set the correct ring pattern for the printer
322. the command prompt 2 Type ipconfig and then look for the IP address For Macintosh users 1 From System Preferences in the Apple menu select Network 2 Select your connection type and then click Advanced gt TCP IP 3 Look for the IP address Accessing the Embedded Web Server The Embedded Web Server is the printer Web page that lets you view and remotely configure printer settings even when you are not physically near the printer 1 Obtain the printer IP address From the printer control panel home screen From the TCP IP section in the Network Ports menu e By printing a network setup page or menu settings page and then finding the TCP IP section Note An IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 2 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field 3 Press Enter Note If you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly Setting up and using the home screen applications 22 Customizing the home screen 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Note View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 2 Do one or more of the following e Show or hide the icons of basic printer functions a Click Settings gt General Settings gt Home screen customization b Select the
323. the default printer language specified in the Setup menu PS SmartSwitch Set the printer to automatically switch to PS emulation when a print job requires it On regardless of the default printer language Off Notes Onis the factory default setting e If PS SmartSwitch is disabled then the printer does not examine incoming data and it uses the default printer language specified in the Setup menu NPA Mode Set the printer to perform the special processing required for bidirectional Off communication following the conventions defined by the NPA protocol Auto Notes e Auto is the factory default setting e Changing this setting from the printer control panel and then exiting the menus causes the printer to restart The menu selection is then updated Network Buffer Auto 3KB to maximum size allowed Set the size of the network input buffer Notes Auto is the factory default setting e The value can be changed in 1KB increments e The maximum size allowed depends on the amount of memory in the printer the size of the other link buffers and whether Resource Save is set to On or Off e To increase the maximum size range for the Network Buffer disable or reduce the size of the parallel serial and USB buffers e Changing this setting from the printer control panel and then exiting the menus causes the printer to restart The menu selection is then updated Job Buffering Off On Auto r Temporarily store
324. the front cover and then pull down the multipurpose feeder door 2 Pull out the toner cartridge from the printer using the handle Maintaining the printer 241 3 Lift the blue handle and then pull out the imaging unit from the printer 4 Unpack the new imaging unit and then shake it Remove all packing material from the imaging unit Warning Potential Damage Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10 minutes Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems Warning Potential Damage Do not touch the photoconductor drum Doing so may affect the print quality of future print jobs Maintaining the printer 242 6 Insert the imaging unit into the printer by aligning the arrows on the side rails of the imaging unit with the arrows on the side rails inside the printer 7 Insert the toner cartridge into the printer by aligning the side rails of the cartridge with the arrows on the side rails inside the printer Maintaining the printer 243 8 Close the multipurpose feeder door and the front cover Moving the printer A CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY The printer weight is greater than 18 kg 40 Ib and requires two or more trained personnel to lift it safely Before moving the printer A CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY Before moving the printer follow these guidelines to avoid personal injury or printer damage e Turn the printer off using the power switch and then unplug th
325. the gray background disappear from the prints Yes The problem is solved The problem is solved The problem is solved Go to step 2 Go to step 3 Contact technical support Troubleshooting Horizontal voids appear on prints Leading edge LRRD face ies 3 ko o am Trailing edge Action Step 1 a Make sure your software program is using a correct fill pattern b Resend the print job Do horizontal voids appear on prints Yes Go to step 2 299 No The problem is solved Step 2 a Load the specified tray or feeder with a recommended type of paper b Resend the print job Do horizontal voids appear on prints Step 3 a Redistribute the toner in the imaging unit 1 Remove the toner cartridge and then the imaging unit 2 Firmly shake the imaging unit Warning Potential Damage Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10 minutes Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems 3 Reinstall the imaging unit and then the cartridge b Resend the print job Do horizontal voids appear on prints Go to step 3 Go to step 4 The problem is solved The problem is solved Step 4 Replace the imaging unit and then resend the print job Do horizontal voids appear on prints support Contact technical The problem is solved a S R Troubleshooting 300 Incorrect margins on prints A
326. the internal option operate correctly My 284 No Contact technical support Internal print server does not operate correctly Action Yes Step 1 Reinstall the internal print server Go to step 2 a Remove and then install the internal print server For more information see Installing an Internal Solutions Port on page 35 b Printa menu settings page and then check if the internal print server is listed in the Installed Features list Is the internal print server listed in the Installed Features list Check if the internal print server is supported by the printer Note An internal print server from another printer may not work with this printer Step 2 The problem is solved Contact technical Check the cable and the internal print server connection support Use the correct cable and then check if it is securely connected to the internal print server Does the internal print server operate correctly Ne A Internal Solutions Port does not operate correctly Action Yes No Step 1 Go to step 2 Check if you have a Make sure the Internal Solutions Port ISP is installed a Install the ISP For more information see Installing an Internal Solutions Port on page 35 b Print a menu settings page and then check if the ISP is listed in the Installed Features list Is the ISP listed in the Installed Features list supported ISP Note An I
327. the paper source for the separator sheet Note Tray 1 standard tray is the factory default setting Paper Saver Off 2 Up 3 Up 4 Up 6 Up 9 Up 12 Up 16 Up Paper Saver Ordering Horizontal Reverse Horizontal Reverse Vertical Vertical Paper Saver Orientation Auto Landscape Portrait Paper Saver Border None Solid Print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper Notes e Off is the factory default setting e When the number of pages per sheet is selected each page is scaled so that the number of pages you want can be displayed on the sheet Specify the order in which pages are printed ona single sheet when using Paper Saver Notes e Horizontal is the factory default setting e Positioning depends on the number of page images and whether they are in portrait or in landscape orientation Specify the orientation in which pages are printed on a single sheet Note Auto is the factory default setting The printer chooses between portrait and landscape Print a border when using Paper Saver Note None is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus 214 Quality menu Use aK Print Resolution Specify the printed output resolution in dots per inch 300 dpi Note 600 dpi is the factory default setting 600 dpi 1200 dpi 1200 Image Q 2400 Image Q Pixel Boost Enable more pixels to print in clusters for clarity in order to enhance images horizontally O
328. the phone splitter into the port labeled Phone Line 1 or Phone Port and then plug the printer and telephone into the splitter Note Make sure you use a phone splitter not a line splitter To make sure that you are using the correct splitter plug an analog telephone into the splitter and then listen for a dial tone Scenario 4 Digital telephone service through a cable provider Setup 1 Printer is connected directly to a cable modem D fr Ste p Faxing 122 1 Connect one end of the telephone cable that came with your printer to the port of the printer 2 Connect the other end of the cable to the port labeled Phone Line 1 or Phone Port on the cable modem Note The port labeled Phone Line 2 or Fax Port is not always active VoIP providers may charge additional cost for activation of the second phone port 3 Connect your analog telephone phone to the port of the printer Notes e To make sure that the telephone port on the cable modem is active plug an analog telephone into the telephone port and then listen for a dial tone If you hear a dial tone then the port is active e If you need two telephone ports for your devices but do not want to pay additional cost then do not plug the printer into the second telephone port You can use a phone splitter Plug the phone splitter into the Phone Line 1 or Phone Port an
329. the printer menus Use Manual Paper Size A4 A5 A6 JIS B5 Letter Legal Executive Oficio Mexico Folio Statement Universal 148 To Specify the size of the paper being manually loaded Note Letter is the U S factory default setting A4 is the international factory default setting Manual Paper Type Plain Paper Card Stock Transparency Recycled Labels Bond Letterhead Preprinted Colored Paper Light Paper Heavy Paper Rough Cotton Custom Type x Manual Envelope Size 7 3 4 Envelope 9 Envelope 10 Envelope DL Envelope C5 Envelope B5 Envelope Other Envelope Specify the paper type being manually loaded Notes e Plain Paper is the factory default setting From the Paper menu set Configure MP to Manual for Manual Paper Type to appear as a menu Specify the envelope size being manually loaded Note 10 Envelope is the U S factory default setting DL Envelope is the international factory default setting Manual Envelope Type Envelope Rough Envelope Custom Type x Note Only installed trays and feeders are listed in this menu Specify the envelope type being manually loaded Note Envelope is the factory default setting Understanding the printer menus 149 Default ADF Media Type Plain Paper Card Stock Transparency Recycled Labels Vinyl Labels Bond Envelope Rough Envelope Letterhead Preprinted Colored Paper Light Paper Heavy Paper Rough Cotton
330. then type the printer IP address in the address field Note View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 2 Do either of the following e Click Set up Scan to Network gt Click here e Click Settings gt Apps gt Apps Management gt Scan to Network 3 Specify the destinations and then customize the settings Notes See the mouse over help beside some of the fields for a description of the setting e To make sure the location settings of the destination are correct type the correct IP address of the host computer where the specified destination is located For more information on obtaining the IP address of i the host computer see Finding the IP address of the computer on page 21 e Make sure the printer has access rights to the folder where the specified destination is located 4 Click Apply To use the application touch Scan to Network on the printer home screen and then follow the instructions on the printer display Setting up Remote Operator Panel This application enables you to interact with the printer control panel even when you are not physically near the network printer From your computer you can view the printer status release held print jobs create bookmarks and do other print related tasks 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Note View the printe
331. tings gt Analog Fax Setup 3 In the Fax Name field type the name to be printed on all outgoing faxes 4 Inthe Fax Number field enter the printer fax number 5 Click Submit Faxing 128 Setting the date and time You can set the date and time so that they are printed on every fax you send 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e If you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Security gt Set Date and Time 3 Inthe Manually Set Date amp Time field enter the current date and time 4 Click Submit Note It is recommended to use the network time Configuring the printer to observe daylight saving time The printer can be set to automatically adjust for daylight saving time 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Security gt Set Date and Time 3 Select the Automatically Observe DST check box and then enter the DST start and end dates in the Custom Time Zone Setup section 4 Cl
332. tings menu 211 shipping the printer 244 shortcuts creating copy screen 95 e mail 107 fax destination 131 FTP address 138 FTP destination 137 showing icons on the home screen 22 sides duplex copy options 103 Sleep mode adjusting 225 SMTP Setup menu 169 software Status Messenger 245 Status Monitor Center 245 Supplies Ordering Utility 236 Some held jobs were not restored 278 Standard Network menu 158 Standard network software error 54 279 Standard USB menu 163 Standard USB port disabled 56 279 statement of volatility 228 Status Monitor Center accessing 245 status of parts checking 235 status of supplies checking 235 storing paper 82 supplies 236 storing print jobs 89 streaked horizontal lines appear on prints 309 streaked vertical lines appear on prints 310 streaks appear 313 subject and message information adding to e mail 109 Substitute Size menu 149 supplies checking status 235 checking from printer control panel 235 checking using the Embedded Web Server 235 ordering 236 storing 236 using recycled paper 223 Supplies Ordering Utility ordering supplies 236 Supply needed to complete job 279 supply notifications configuring 246 supported flash drives 87 supported paper sizes 82 supported paper types 83 supported paper weights 83 T TCP IP menu 160 the scanner does not respond 327 tips card stock 77 labels paper 78 on using envelopes 77 on using letterhead 78 transparencies 79 tips on
333. tion J Sleep button light Printer status The printer is off idle or in Ready state Solid amber The printer is in Sleep mode Blinking amber The printer is entering or waking from Hibernate mode Blinking amber for 0 1 second then goes The printer is in Hibernate mode completely off for 1 9 seconds in a slow pulsing pattern Understanding the home screen When the printer is turned on the display shows a basic screen referred to as the home screen Touch the home screen buttons and icons to initiate an action such as copying faxing or scanning to open the menu screen or to respond to messages Note Your home screen may vary depending on your home screen customization settings administrative setup and active embedded solutions Touch 1 Change Language Launch the Change Language pop up window that lets you change the primary language of the printer 2 Copy Access the Copy menus and make copies 3 Fax Access the Fax menus and send fax 4 E mail Access the E mail menus and send e mails 5 FTP Access the File Transfer Protocol FTP menus and scan documents directly to an FTP server 6 Arrows Scroll up or down Understanding the printer control panel 18 Touch Ae 7 Forms and Favorites Quickly find and print frequently used online forms 8 Menu icon Access the printer menus Note The menus are available only when the printer is in Ready state 9 Bookmar
334. to step 5 The problem is solved Step 6 Replace the imaging unit and then resend the print job Is the print still too dark Contact technical support The problem is solved Troubleshooting Print is too light Action Step 1 a Fromthe Quality menu onthe printer control panel increase the toner darkness Note 8 is the factory default setting b Resend the print job Is the print still too light Step 2 From the printer control panel set the paper type texture and weight in the Paper menu to match the paper loaded in the tray Is the tray set to the type texture and weight of the paper loaded Step 3 a Depending on your operating system specify the paper type texture and weight from Printing Preferences or from the Print dialog b Resend the print job Is the print still too light Step 4 Make sure that the paper has no texture or rough finishes Are you printing on textured or rough paper Yes Go to step 2 Go to step 3 Go to step 4 From the printer control panel change the texture settings in the Paper Texture menu to match the paper you are printing on 306 No The problem is solved Change the paper type texture and weight to match the paper loaded in the tray The problem is solved Go to step 5 Step 5 a Load paper from a fresh package Note Paper absorbs moisture due to high humidity Store paper in its original wrapper
335. trol panel reduce the toner darkness Note 8 is the factory default setting b Resend the print job Is the print still too dark Troubleshooting Action Step 2 a From the printer control panel set the paper type texture and weight in the Paper menu to match the paper loaded in the tray b Resend the print job Is the tray set to the type texture and weight of the paper loaded Yes Go to step 3 305 No Do one or more of the following e Specify the paper type texture and weight from the tray settings to match the paper loaded in the tray Change the paper loaded in the tray to match the paper type texture and weight specified in the tray settings Step 3 a Depending on your operating system specify the paper type texture and weight from Printing Preferences or from the Print dialog b Resend the print job Is the print still too dark Go to step 4 The problem is solved Step 4 Check if the paper loaded in the tray has texture or rough finishes Are you printing on textured or rough paper Step 5 a Load paper from a fresh package Note Paper absorbs moisture due to high humidity Store paper in its original wrapper until you use it b Resend the print job Is the print still too dark From the printer control panel change the texture settings in the Paper Texture menu to match the paper you are printing on Go to step 6 Go
336. u are going to scan When Original Size is set to Mixed Sizes you can scan an original document that contains mixed paper sizes letter and legal size pages Scanning 142 Send As This option lets you set the output type for the scan image Select one of the following PDF Use to create a single file with multiple pages e Secure PDF Use to create an encrypted PDF file that protects the file contents from unauthorized access TIFF Use to create multiple files or a single file If Multi page TIFF is turned off in the Settings menu then TIFF saves one page in each file The file size is usually larger than an equivalent JPEG e JPEG Use to create and attach a separate file for each page of the original document e XPS Use to create a single XPS file with multiple pages Resolution This option lets you adjust the output quality of your file Increasing the image resolution increases the file size and the time needed to scan your original document Decreasing the image resolution reduces the file size Darkness This option lets you adjust how light or dark the scanned documents are in relation to the original document Page Setup This option lets you change the following settings e Sides Duplex This specifies if the original document is printed on only one side or on both sides of the paper Orientation This specifies the orientation of the original document and then changes the Sides Duplex and Bind
337. u have the following information before setting up the printer on a wireless network e ssiD The SSID is also referred to as the network name e Wireless Mode or Network Mode The mode is either infrastructure or ad hoc e Channel for ad hoc networks The channel defaults to automatic for infrastructure networks Some ad hoc networks will also require the automatic setting Check with your system support person if you are not sure which channel to select e Security Method There are four basic options for Security Method WEP key If your network uses more than one WEP key then enter up to four in the provided spaces Select the key currently in use on the network by selecting the default WEP transmit key WPA or WPA2 preshared key or passphrase WPA includes encryption as an additional layer of security The choices are AES or TKIP Encryption must be set for the same type on the router and on the printer or the printer will not be able to communicate on the network 802 1X RADIUS If you are installing the printer on an 802 1X network then you may need the following e Authentication type e Inner authentication type e 802 1X user name and password e Certificates No security If your wireless network does not use any type of security then you will not have any security information Note We do not recommend using an unsecured wireless network Notes If you do not know the SSID of the network that
338. uire additional furniture for stability You must use either a printer stand or printer base if you are using multiple input options If you purchased a multifunction printer MFP that scans copies and faxes then you may need additional furniture For more information contact the place where you purchased the printer 1 Turn off the printer using the power switch and then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet 2 Unpack the optional tray and then remove all packing material 3 Pull out the tray completely from the base Additional printer setup 47 7 Lock the wheels of the caster base to secure the printer then align the printer with the tray and then slowly lower the printer into place 4 Remove any packing material from inside the tray 5 Insert the tray into the base 6 Place the tray near the printer Note Optional trays lock together when stacked 8 Connect the power cord to the printer then to a properly grounded electrical outlet and then turn on the printer Additional printer setup 48 Note When the printer software and any optional trays are installed you may need to manually add the options in the printer driver to make them available for print jobs For more information see Adding available options in the print driver on page 51 To uninstall the optional trays slide the latch on the right side of the printer toward the front of the printer until it clicks into place and t
339. ult setting Set the quality of a photo image in relation to file size and quality Note 50 is the factory default setting 208 Understanding the printer menus Use Use Multi Page TIFF To Provide a choice between single page TIFF files and multiple page TIFF files For a On multiple page scan to FTP job either one TIFF file is created containing all the pages off or multiple TIFF files are created with one file for each page Notes e On is the factory default setting e This menu item applies to all scan functions File Name Type a base file name Custom Job Scanning On Off Scan Preview On Off Background Removal 4to4 Note You can enter up to 53 characters Copy a document containing mixed paper sizes in a single copy job Note Off is the factory default setting Specify whether a preview appears on the display for scan jobs Note Off is the factory default setting Adjust the amount of background visible on a copy Note 0 is the factory default setting Color Dropout Color Dropout None Red Green Blue Default Red Threshold 0 255 Default Green Threshold 0 255 Default Blue Threshold 0 255 Contrast 0 5 Best for content Mirror Image Off On Negative Image Off On Shadow Detail 4to4 Specify which color to drop during scanning and to adjust the dropout setting for each color threshold Notes e None is the factory default setting for Color Dropout
340. urce e mail settings 111 fax options 134 content type e mail settings 111 fax options 134 control panel printer 16 indicator light 16 Sleep button light 16 controller board accessing 28 copies copy options 103 copy job canceling using the ADF 102 using the scanner glass 102 copy options advanced options 104 collate 103 copies 103 darkness 103 Save As Shortcut 104 sides duplex 103 copy quality adjusting 98 copy screen content source 103 content type 103 options 102 103 Copy Settings menu 184 copy troubleshooting copier does not respond 314 partial document or photo copies 315 poor copy quality 315 poor scanned image quality 324 scanner unit does not close 317 326 copying adding an overlay message 101 adjusting quality 98 canceling a copy job 102 collating copies 99 creating shortcuts using the printer control panel 95 custom job 100 different paper sizes 96 enlarging 98 inserting a header or footer 101 multiple pages on one sheet 100 on both sides of the paper duplexing 97 on letterhead 95 on transparencies 94 photos 94 placing separator sheets between copies 99 quick copy 93 reducing 98 selecting a tray 96 to a different size 96 using the ADF 93 using the scanner glass 94 copying different paper sizes 96 copying multiple pages on one sheet 100 copying on both sides of the paper duplexing 97 copying on transparencies 94 creating a fax destination shortcut using the Embedded Web Server 131 creat
341. using the Embedded Web Server 107 creating shortcuts using the printer control panel 107 setting up e mail function 106 using a shortcut number 108 using the address book 109 using the printer control panel 108 F factory defaults restoring 247 334 fax sending 129 130 sending at a scheduled time 130 fax and e mail functions setting up 322 fax and e mail functions are not set up 322 fax log viewing 132 Fax memory full 267 Fax Mode Analog Fax Setup menu 188 fax name setting 127 fax number setting 127 fax options advanced options 136 content source 134 content type 134 darkness 135 delayed send 135 page setup 135 resolution 135 scan preview 135 Fax partition inoperative Contact system administrator 267 fax port 48 Fax server To Format not set up Contact system administrator 267 fax setup country or region specific 123 digital telephone service 121 DSL connection 119 standard telephone line connection 115 VoIP 120 Fax Station Name not set up Contact system administrator 268 Fax Station Number not set up Contact system administrator 268 fax troubleshooting caller ID is not shown 318 can receive but not send faxes 320 can send but not receive faxes 321 cannot send or receive a fax 318 received fax has poor print quality 322 faxing blocking junk faxes 132 canceling a fax job 133 changing resolution 131 Index configuring the printer to observe daylight saving time 128 creating shortcuts usi
342. using the Embedded Web Server 140 to an FTP address 138 139 scanning to a computer 140 using the Embedded Web Server 140 scanning to a flash drive 141 scanning to an FTP address creating shortcuts using the computer 137 using a shortcut number 138 using the address book 139 using the printer control panel 138 scanning to network destinations 137 security modifying confidential print settings 90 Security Audit Log menu 173 security settings information erasing 229 security Web page where to find 231 selecting a location for the printer 11 selecting paper 80 send as e mail options 111 scan options 142 sending a fax 129 sending a fax using the printer control panel 128 sending an e mail using the printer control panel 108 sending fax using shortcuts 129 using the address book 130 Index sending fax at a scheduled time 130 sending fax using the address book 130 Serial x menu 166 Serial option x error 54 278 Serial port x disabled 56 278 serial printing setting up 55 Set Date Time menu 174 setting paper size 57 paper type 57 TCP IP address 160 setting the fax number 127 setting the outgoing fax name 127 setting the Universal paper size 57 setting up e mail alerts 246 setting up fax country or region specific 123 digital telephone service 121 DSL connection 119 standard telephone line connection 115 VoIP connection 120 setting up fax and e mail functions 322 setting up serial printing 55 Set
343. ust the settings as necessary 3 From the control panel touch Scan to Computer gt select the appropriate scan setting gt Send It Scanning to a flash drive 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 Insert the flash drive into the USB port on the front of the printer Note The USB Drive home screen appears 4 Select the destination folder and then touch Scan to USB drive Note The printer goes back to the home screen after 30 seconds of inactivity 5 Adjust the scan settings and then touch Scan It Understanding the scan options FTP This option lets you enter the IP address for the FTP destination Note An IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 File Name This option lets you type a file name for the scan image Save As Shortcut This option lets you save the current settings as a shortcut by assigning a shortcut name Note Selecting this option automatically assigns the next available shortcut number Original Size This option lets you set the paper size of the documents yo
344. ustom names 4 Click Submit Using the printer control panel 1 From the home screen navigate to gt Paper Menu gt Custom Types 2 Select a custom paper type name and then select a paper type Note Paper is the factory default paper type for all user defined custom names 3 Touch Submit 76 Paper and specialty media guide 77 Paper and specialty media guide Notes e Make sure the paper size type and weight are set correctly on the computer or printer control panel e Flex fan and straighten specialty media before loading them The printer may print at a reduced speed to prevent damage to the fuser Using specialty media Tips on using card stock Card stock is heavy single ply specialty media Many of its variable characteristics such as moisture content thickness and texture can significantly affect print quality From the printer control panel set the paper size type texture and weight in the Paper menu to match the card stock loaded in the tray e Print samples on the card stock being considered for use before buying large quantities e Specify the paper texture and weight from the tray settings to match the paper loaded in the tray e Preprinting perforation and creasing may significantly affect the print quality and cause jams or other paper feed problems Before loading the card stock on the tray flex and fan the card stock to loosen them Straighten the edges ona level
345. valent JPEG e JPEG Use this to create and attach a separate file for each page of your original document e XPS Use this to create a single XPS file with multiple pages E mailing 112 Page Setup This option lets you change the following settings e Sides Duplex This specifies if the original document is printed on only one side or on both sides of the paper This also identifies what needs to be scanned for inclusion in the e mail e Orientation This specifies the orientation of the original document and then changes the Sides Duplex and Binding settings to match the orientation Binding This specifies if the original document is bound on the long edge or short edge side Scan Preview This option lets you view the first page of the image before it is included in the e mail When the first page is scanned the scanning is paused and a preview image appears Note This option appears only when a working printer hard disk is installed Using the advanced options Select from the following settings e Advanced Imaging This adjusts the Background Removal Color Balance Color Dropout Contrast JPEG Quality Mirror Image Negative Image Scan Edge to Edge Shadow Detail Sharpness and Temperature settings before you e mail the document e Custom Job This combines multiple scanning jobs into a single job Edge Erase This removes smudges or marks around the edges of a document You can choose to remov
346. volt fuser compresses images Action Step 1 a Make sure the size of the paper loaded in the tray matches the fuser type Note Use a 110 volt fuser for printing on letter size paper and a 220 volt fuser for printing on A4 size paper b Resend the print job Do compressed images still appear X Yes The problem is solved s Go to step 2 Troubleshooting Action Step 2 a Replace the fuser For more information see the instruction sheet that came with the part b Resend the print job Do compressed images still appear No Yes The problem is solved 298 No Contact technical support Gray background on prints Leading edge Trailing edge Action Step 1 a From the Quality Menu on the printer control panel decrease the toner darkness Note 8 is the factory default setting b Resend the print job Did the gray background disappear from the prints Step 2 Reinstall the imaging unit and the toner cartridge a Remove the toner cartridge b Remove the imaging unit Warning Potential Damage Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10 minutes Extended exposure to light can cause print quality problems c Install the imaging unit and then the cartridge d Resend the print job Did the gray background disappear from the prints Step 3 Replace the imaging unit and then resend the print job Did
347. wer and paper specialty media e Paper minimizes the amount of paper and specialty media needed for a print job Performance may be affected but print quality is not Understanding the printer menus Use ADF Loaded Beep Enabled Disabled ADF Multi feed Sensor On off Quiet Mode off On Run Initial setup Yes No 176 To Specify whether the ADF sounds a beep when paper is loaded Note Enabled is the factory default setting Detect when the ADF picks more than one sheet of paper at once Note On is the factory default setting Reduce the amount of noise produced by the printer Notes e Offis the factory default setting This setting supports the performance specifications for your printer e On configures the printer to produce as little noise as possible This setting is best suited for printing text and line art e For optimal printing of color rich documents set Quiet Mode to Off Selecting Photo from the print driver may disable Quiet Mode and provide better print quality and full speed printing Set the printer to run the setup wizard Note Yes is the default setting After completing the setup wizard the default becomes No Understanding the printer menus Use Keyboard Keyboard Type English Francais Francais Canadien Deutsch Italiano Espanol Greek Dansk Norsk Nederlands Svenska Suomi Portuguese Russian Polski Swiss German Swiss French Korean Magyar Tu
348. wo sided copies 4 Touch Y gt Copy It Reducing or enlarging copies Copies can be scaled from 25 to 400 of the original document size 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen touch Copy 4 From the Scale area touch or to decrease or increase the value by 1 Touching Copy to or Copy from after setting Scale manually changes the scale value back to Auto Note Auto is the factory default setting This automatically adjusts the scan image of the original document to fit the size of the paper onto which you are copying 5 Touch Copy It Adjusting copy quality 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 F
349. y from gt select the size of the original document gt oS 4 Navigate to Copy to gt select the tray containing the paper type you want to use gt ZS 5 Touch Copy It Copying different paper sizes Use the ADF to copy original documents with different paper sizes Depending on the paper sizes loaded and the Copy to and Copy from settings each copy is either printed on mixed paper sizes Example 1 or scaled to fit a single paper size Example 2 Example 1 Copying on mixed paper sizes 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Copying 97 Notes e Do not load postcards photos small items transparencies photo paper or thin media such as magazine clippings into the ADF tray Place these items on the scanner glass e The ADF indicator light comes on when the paper is loaded properly 2 If you are loading a document into the ADF tray then adjust the paper guides 3 From the home screen navigate to Copy gt Copy from gt Mixed Sizes gt ZS 4 Navigate to Copy to gt Auto Size Match gt ZS gt Copy It The scanner identifies the different paper sizes as they are scanned Copies are printed on mixed paper sizes corresponding to the paper sizes of the original document Example 2 Copying on a single paper size 1 Load an original document faceup short edge first into the ADF tray or facedown on the scanner glass Notes e Do not load p
350. y periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Check the virtual display that appears in the top left corner of the screen The virtual display works as an actual display would work on a printer control panel Managing the printer 246 Setting up e mail alerts Configure the printer to send you e mail alerts when the supplies are getting low or when the paper needs to be changed or added or when there is a paper jam 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods such as 123 123 123 123 e f you are using a proxy server then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly 2 Click Settings 3 From the Other Settings menu click E mail Alert Setup 4 Select the items you want to be notified on and then type the e mail addresses 5 Click Submit Note For information on setting up the e mail server contact your system support person Viewing reports You can view some reports from the Embedded Web Server These reports are useful for assessing the status of the printer network and supplies 1 Open a Web browser and then type the printer IP address in the address field Notes e View the printer IP address on the printer home screen The IP address appears as four sets of
351. you use it b Resend the print job Do paper jams still occur frequently Step 3 a Review the tips on avoiding jams For more information see Avoiding jams on page 248 b Follow the recommendations and then resend the print job Contact technical support Do paper jams still occur frequently Paper jam message remains after jam is cleared Action Check the entire paper path for jammed paper a Remove any jammed paper Does the paper jam message remain b From the printer control panel touch Continue to clear the message Yes Contact technical support The problem is solved a The problem is solved Troubleshooting Solving print problems Printing problems Confidential and other held jobs do not print 288 Note Confidential Verify Reserve and Repeat print jobs may be deleted if the printer requires extra memory to process additional held jobs Action Step 1 Open the held jobs folder on the printer display and then verify that your print job is listed Is your print job listed in the held jobs folder Yes Go to step 2 No Select one of the Print and Hold options and then resend the print job For more information see Printing confidential and other held jobs on page 90 Step 2 The print job may contain a formatting error or invalid data Delete the print job and then send it again e For PDF files generat
352. your computer is connected to then launch the wireless utility of the computer network adapter and then look for the network name If you cannot find the SSID or the security information for your network then see the documentation that came with the access point or contact your system support person To find the WPA WPA2 preshared key or passphrase for the wireless network see the documentation that came with the access point see the Embedded Web Server associated with the access point or consult your system support person Additional printer setup 53 Connecting the printer using the Wireless Setup Wizard Before you begin make sure that e A wireless network adapter is installed in the printer and is working properly For more information see the instruction sheet that came with the wireless network adapter e An Ethernet cable is disconnected from the printer e Active NIC is set to Auto To set this to Auto navigate to gt Network Ports gt Active NIC gt Auto gt Submit Note Make sure to turn off the printer then wait for at least five seconds and then turn the printer back on 1 From the printer control panel navigate to gt Network Ports gt Network x gt Network x Setup gt Wireless gt Wireless Connection Setup 2 Select a wireless connection setup Search for networks Show available wireless connections Note This menu item shows all broadcast secured o

Dell B5465dnf User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents